Mercurial > vim
annotate src/gui_mac.c @ 13774:d43718b4e232 v8.0.1759
patch 8.0.1759: memory leak from duplicate options
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/09d1d51df5d9b215e583b5bbe36df46afb3db35f
Author: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
Date: Tue Apr 24 20:23:56 2018 +0200
patch 8.0.1759: memory leak from duplicate options
Problem: Memory leak from duplicate options. (Yegappan Lakshmanan)
Solution: Don't set the default value twice.
| author | Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Tue, 24 Apr 2018 20:30:08 +0200 |
| parents | 69517d67421f |
| children | 741b1feeac9f |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
|
10042
4aead6a9b7a9
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/edf3f97ae2af024708ebb4ac614227327033ca47
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9939
diff
changeset
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: |
| 7 | 2 * |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb | |
| 5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant | |
| 6 * and Axel Kielhorn | |
| 1106 | 7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer |
| 7 | 8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore |
| 9 * | |
| 10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 13 */ | |
| 14 | |
| 15 /* | |
| 593 | 16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x |
| 856 | 17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book: |
| 18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books" | |
| 7 | 19 */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse | |
| 25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize, | |
| 26 * ScrapManager error handling. | |
| 27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize. | |
| 28 * | |
| 29 */ | |
| 30 | |
| 1107 | 31 /* TODO (Jussi) |
| 32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases) | |
| 33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems | |
| 34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that) | |
| 35 */ | |
| 7 | 36 |
| 37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */ | |
| 38 #include "vim.h" | |
| 39 | |
| 593 | 40 #define USE_CARBONIZED |
| 41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */ | |
| 42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */ | |
| 7 | 43 |
| 4352 | 44 /* Compile as CodeWarrior External Editor */ |
| 7 | 45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT) |
| 46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */ | |
| 47 #endif | |
| 48 | |
| 9 | 49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */ |
| 50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!' | |
| 838 | 51 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 52 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode | |
| 53 #else | |
| 54 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeText | |
| 55 #endif | |
| 9 | 56 |
| 7 | 57 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 593 | 58 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion; |
| 59 | |
| 766 | 60 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 61 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 1562 | 62 |
| 63 static int im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 64 #if 0 | |
| 1702 | 65 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 66 static int im_start_row = 0; |
| 67 static int im_start_col = 0; | |
| 68 #endif | |
| 69 | |
| 70 #define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])) | |
| 71 | |
| 72 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument; | |
| 73 | |
| 74 static void im_on_window_switch(int active); | |
| 168 | 75 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 1562 | 76 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 77 | |
| 78 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 79 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 80 | |
| 81 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 82 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 83 | |
| 84 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 85 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 86 | |
| 87 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event( | |
| 88 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 89 | |
| 168 | 90 #endif |
| 91 | |
| 7 | 92 |
| 93 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */ | |
| 94 #include <Menus.h> | |
| 95 #include <Resources.h> | |
| 96 #include <Processes.h> | |
| 97 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 98 # include <AppleEvents.h> | |
| 99 # include <AERegistry.h> | |
| 100 #endif | |
| 101 # include <Gestalt.h> | |
| 102 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330 | |
| 103 # include <ControlDefinitions.h> | |
| 104 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */ | |
| 105 #endif | |
| 106 | |
| 593 | 107 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported |
| 108 * under Carbon (Jussi) */ | |
| 109 # if 0 | |
| 7 | 110 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/ |
| 593 | 111 # include <MacHelp.h> |
| 112 # endif | |
| 7 | 113 |
| 114 /* | |
| 593 | 115 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in |
| 116 * headers? (Jussi) | |
| 7 | 117 */ |
| 118 #define kNothing 0 | |
| 119 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/ | |
| 120 #define kCreateRect 2 | |
| 121 #define kDestroy 3 | |
| 122 | |
| 123 /* | |
| 124 * Dany: Don't like those... | |
| 125 */ | |
| 126 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0]) | |
| 127 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1]) | |
| 128 | |
| 129 | |
| 130 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */ | |
| 131 static long lastMouseTick = 0; | |
| 132 | |
| 133 /* ??? */ | |
| 134 static RgnHandle cursorRgn; | |
| 135 static RgnHandle dragRgn; | |
| 136 static Rect dragRect; | |
| 137 static short dragRectEnbl; | |
| 138 static short dragRectControl; | |
| 139 | |
| 140 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment | |
| 141 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands | |
| 142 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected | |
| 143 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working). | |
| 144 */ | |
| 145 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 146 | |
| 147 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */ | |
| 148 static short clickIsPopup; | |
| 149 | |
| 150 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */ | |
| 151 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction; | |
| 152 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag; | |
| 153 | |
| 154 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */ | |
| 155 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 156 | |
| 1572 | 157 /* Vector of char_u --> control index for hotkeys in dialogs */ |
| 158 static short *gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 159 | |
| 13 | 160 static struct |
| 161 { | |
| 162 FMFontFamily family; | |
| 163 FMFontSize size; | |
| 164 FMFontStyle style; | |
| 165 Boolean isPanelVisible; | |
| 166 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false }; | |
| 593 | 167 |
| 766 | 168 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 169 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 170 int p_macatsui_last; |
| 168 | 171 ATSUStyle gFontStyle; |
| 1562 | 172 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 173 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle; | |
| 174 # endif | |
| 168 | 175 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet; |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
176 UInt32 useAntialias_cached = 0x0; |
| 168 | 177 #endif |
| 178 | |
| 7 | 179 /* Colors Macros */ |
| 180 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b) | |
| 181 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16) | |
| 182 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8) | |
| 183 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0) | |
| 184 | |
| 185 /* Key mapping */ | |
| 186 | |
| 187 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */ | |
| 188 | |
| 189 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */ | |
| 190 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/ | |
| 191 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/ | |
| 192 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/ | |
| 193 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/ | |
| 194 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/ | |
| 195 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/ | |
| 196 #define vk_F8 0x64 | |
| 197 #define vk_F9 0x65 | |
| 198 #define vk_F10 0x6D | |
| 199 #define vk_F11 0x67 | |
| 200 #define vk_F12 0x6F | |
| 201 #define vk_F13 0x69 | |
| 202 #define vk_F14 0x6B | |
| 203 #define vk_F15 0x71 | |
| 204 | |
| 205 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */ | |
| 206 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */ | |
| 207 | |
| 208 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */ | |
| 209 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */ | |
| 210 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 211 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */ | |
| 212 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */ | |
| 213 | |
| 214 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */ | |
| 215 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */ | |
| 216 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 217 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */ | |
| 218 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */ | |
| 219 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */ | |
| 220 | |
| 221 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */ | |
| 222 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */ | |
| 223 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */ | |
| 224 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */ | |
| 225 | |
| 226 #define vk_Undo vk_F1 | |
| 227 #define vk_Cut vk_F2 | |
| 228 #define vk_Copy vk_F3 | |
| 229 #define vk_Paste vk_F4 | |
| 230 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13 | |
| 231 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14 | |
| 232 #define vk_Pause vk_F15 | |
| 233 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr | |
| 234 #define vk_Insert vk_Help | |
| 235 | |
| 236 #define KeySym char | |
| 237 | |
| 238 static struct | |
| 239 { | |
| 240 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 241 char_u vim_code0; | |
| 242 char_u vim_code1; | |
| 243 } special_keys[] = | |
| 244 { | |
| 245 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'}, | |
| 246 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'}, | |
| 247 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'}, | |
| 248 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'}, | |
| 249 | |
| 250 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'}, | |
| 251 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'}, | |
| 252 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'}, | |
| 253 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'}, | |
| 254 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'}, | |
| 255 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'}, | |
| 256 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'}, | |
| 257 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'}, | |
| 258 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'}, | |
| 259 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'}, | |
| 260 | |
| 261 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'}, | |
| 262 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'}, | |
| 263 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'}, | |
| 264 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'}, | |
| 265 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'}, | |
| 266 | |
| 267 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */ | |
| 268 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */ | |
| 269 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */ | |
|
12716
351cf7c67bbe
patch 8.0.1236: Mac features are confusing
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12515
diff
changeset
|
270 /* {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'}, */ |
| 7 | 271 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'}, |
| 272 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'}, | |
| 273 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'}, | |
| 274 {vk_End, '@', '7'}, | |
| 275 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */ | |
| 276 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */ | |
| 277 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */ | |
| 278 | |
| 279 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'}, | |
| 280 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'}, | |
| 281 | |
| 282 /* End of list marker: */ | |
| 283 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0} | |
| 284 }; | |
| 285 | |
| 286 /* | |
| 287 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 288 * Forward declaration (for those needed) | |
| 289 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 290 */ | |
| 291 | |
| 292 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 9 | 293 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent); |
| 7 | 294 #endif |
| 295 | |
| 1106 | 296 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 297 static void initialise_tabline(void); | |
| 298 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h | |
| 299 #endif | |
| 300 | |
| 1562 | 301 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 302 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font); | |
| 303 static void gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void); | |
| 304 #endif | |
| 305 | |
| 7 | 306 /* |
| 307 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 308 * Conversion Utility | |
| 309 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 310 */ | |
| 311 | |
| 312 /* | |
| 313 * C2Pascal_save | |
| 314 * | |
| 315 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 316 * into a pascal string | |
| 317 * | |
| 318 */ | |
| 319 | |
| 593 | 320 char_u * |
| 321 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 322 { |
| 323 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 324 int len; | |
| 325 | |
| 326 if (Cstring == NULL) | |
| 327 return NULL; | |
| 328 | |
| 329 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 330 | |
| 331 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 332 len = 255; | |
| 333 | |
| 334 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 335 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 336 { | |
| 337 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len); | |
| 338 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 339 } | |
| 340 | |
| 341 return PascalString; | |
| 342 } | |
| 343 | |
| 344 /* | |
| 345 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash | |
| 346 * | |
| 347 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 348 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time | |
| 349 * | |
| 350 */ | |
| 351 | |
| 593 | 352 char_u * |
| 353 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 354 { |
| 355 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 356 int len; | |
| 357 char_u *p, *c; | |
| 358 | |
| 359 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 360 | |
| 361 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 362 len = 255; | |
| 363 | |
| 364 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 365 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 366 { | |
| 367 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++) | |
| 368 { | |
| 369 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0)) | |
| 370 { | |
| 371 c++; | |
| 372 } | |
| 373 *p = *c; | |
| 374 p++; | |
| 375 len++; | |
| 376 } | |
| 377 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 378 } | |
| 379 | |
| 380 return PascalString; | |
| 381 } | |
| 382 | |
| 383 /* | |
| 384 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse) | |
| 385 */ | |
| 386 | |
| 387 int_u | |
| 388 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 391 | |
| 392 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 393 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 394 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 395 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 396 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 397 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 398 #if 0 | |
| 399 /* Not yet supported */ | |
| 400 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 401 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD; | |
| 402 #endif | |
| 403 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 404 } | |
| 405 | |
| 406 /* | |
| 407 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys) | |
| 408 */ | |
| 409 | |
| 410 static int_u | |
| 411 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 412 { | |
| 413 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 414 | |
| 415 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 416 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 417 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 418 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 419 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 420 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 421 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY | |
| 422 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 423 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD; | |
| 424 #endif | |
| 425 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 426 } | |
| 427 | |
| 428 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should | |
| 429 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or | |
| 430 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted | |
| 431 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this | |
| 432 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one. | |
| 433 * | |
| 434 * From gui_w48.c | |
| 435 */ | |
| 436 static int | |
| 437 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical) | |
| 438 { | |
| 439 int pixels; | |
| 440 int points = 0; | |
| 441 int divisor = 0; | |
| 442 | |
| 443 while (*str) | |
| 444 { | |
| 445 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0) | |
| 446 { | |
| 447 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */ | |
| 448 divisor = 1; | |
| 449 continue; | |
| 450 } | |
| 451 | |
| 452 if (!isdigit(*str)) | |
| 453 break; | |
| 454 | |
| 455 points *= 10; | |
| 456 points += *str - '0'; | |
| 457 divisor *= 10; | |
| 458 | |
| 459 ++str; | |
| 460 } | |
| 461 | |
| 462 if (divisor == 0) | |
| 463 divisor = 1; | |
| 464 | |
| 465 pixels = points/divisor; | |
| 466 *end = str; | |
| 467 return pixels; | |
| 468 } | |
| 469 | |
| 766 | 470 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 471 /* |
| 472 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any | |
| 473 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title. | |
| 474 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string. | |
| 475 */ | |
| 476 static CFStringRef | |
| 593 | 477 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 168 | 478 { |
| 479 CFStringRef name; | |
| 480 size_t menuTitleLen; | |
| 481 CFIndex displayLen; | |
| 482 CFRange mnemonicStart; | |
| 483 CFRange mnemonicEnd; | |
| 484 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName; | |
| 485 | |
| 486 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname); | |
| 1621 | 487 name = (CFStringRef) mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen); |
| 168 | 488 |
| 489 if (name) | |
| 490 { | |
| 491 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized | |
| 492 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */ | |
| 493 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards); | |
| 494 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name); | |
| 495 | |
| 496 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound | |
| 497 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen | |
| 498 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name, | |
| 499 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic) | |
| 500 { | |
| 501 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"), | |
| 502 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1, | |
| 503 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1), | |
| 504 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) && | |
| 505 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location) | |
| 506 { | |
| 507 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name); | |
| 508 if (cleanedName) | |
| 509 { | |
| 510 CFStringDelete(cleanedName, | |
| 511 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location, | |
| 512 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 - | |
| 513 mnemonicStart.location)); | |
| 514 | |
| 515 CFRelease(name); | |
| 516 name = cleanedName; | |
| 517 } | |
| 518 } | |
| 519 } | |
| 520 } | |
| 521 | |
| 522 return name; | |
| 523 } | |
| 524 #endif | |
| 525 | |
| 7 | 526 /* |
| 527 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname | |
| 528 * character strings. | |
| 529 */ | |
| 530 | |
| 593 | 531 char_u ** |
| 532 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error) | |
| 7 | 533 { |
| 534 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 535 OSErr newError; | |
| 536 long fileCount; | |
| 537 FSSpec fileToOpen; | |
| 538 long actualSize; | |
| 539 AEKeyword dummyKeyword; | |
| 540 DescType dummyType; | |
| 541 | |
| 542 /* Get number of files in list */ | |
| 543 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles); | |
| 544 if (*error) | |
| 1107 | 545 return fnames; |
| 7 | 546 |
| 547 /* Allocate the pointer list */ | |
| 548 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 549 | |
| 550 /* Empty out the list */ | |
| 551 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 552 fnames[fileCount] = NULL; | |
| 553 | |
| 554 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */ | |
| 555 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 556 { | |
| 557 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */ | |
| 558 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS, | |
| 559 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 560 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize); | |
| 561 if (newError) | |
| 562 { | |
| 563 /* Caller is able to clean up */ | |
| 564 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */ | |
| 1107 | 565 return fnames; |
| 7 | 566 } |
| 567 | |
| 568 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */ | |
| 9 | 569 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen); |
| 7 | 570 } |
| 571 | |
| 572 return (fnames); | |
| 573 } | |
| 574 | |
| 575 /* | |
| 576 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 577 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support | |
| 578 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 579 */ | |
| 580 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 581 | |
| 582 /* | |
| 583 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior | |
| 584 * | |
| 585 * Description | |
| 586 * ----------- | |
| 587 * | |
| 588 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it | |
| 589 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor. | |
| 590 * | |
| 591 * Event Reply | |
| 592 * ----------- | |
| 593 * | |
| 594 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received. | |
| 595 * | |
| 596 * Remarks | |
| 597 * ------- | |
| 598 * | |
| 599 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified | |
| 600 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file | |
| 601 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is | |
| 9 | 602 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location. |
| 7 | 603 * |
| 604 */ | |
| 605 | |
| 606 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch; | |
| 607 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 608 { | |
| 609 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 610 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time | |
| 611 }; | |
| 612 | |
| 9 | 613 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 614 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE( |
| 615 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 616 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 617 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 618 { |
| 619 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 620 buf_T *buf; | |
| 621 int foundFile = false; | |
| 622 DescType typeCode; | |
| 623 WindowSearch SearchData; | |
| 624 Size actualSize; | |
| 625 | |
| 626 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize); | |
| 627 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 628 return error; |
| 7 | 629 |
| 9 | 630 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 631 if (error) |
| 1107 | 632 return error; |
| 7 | 633 |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
634 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 635 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL |
| 636 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID | |
| 637 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] | |
| 638 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0) | |
| 639 { | |
| 640 foundFile = true; | |
| 641 break; | |
| 642 } | |
| 643 | |
| 644 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 645 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 646 else | |
| 647 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 648 | |
| 649 return error; | |
| 650 }; | |
| 651 | |
| 652 /* | |
| 653 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior | |
| 654 * | |
| 655 * Description | |
| 656 * ----------- | |
| 657 * | |
| 658 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to | |
| 659 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified. | |
| 660 * | |
| 661 * Parameters None. | |
| 662 * ---------- | |
| 663 * | |
| 664 * Event Reply | |
| 665 * ----------- | |
| 666 * The reply for this event is: | |
| 667 * | |
| 668 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required | |
| 669 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar | |
| 670 * | |
| 671 * Remarks | |
| 672 * ------- | |
| 673 * | |
| 674 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for | |
| 675 * each open file that has been modified. | |
| 676 * | |
| 677 */ | |
| 678 | |
| 679 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo; | |
| 680 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/ | |
| 681 { | |
| 682 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 683 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified | |
| 684 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused | |
| 685 }; | |
| 686 | |
| 9 | 687 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 688 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE( |
| 689 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 690 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 691 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 692 { |
| 693 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 694 AEDescList replyList; | |
| 695 long numFiles; | |
| 696 ModificationInfo theFile; | |
| 697 buf_T *buf; | |
| 698 | |
| 699 theFile.saved = 0; | |
| 700 | |
| 9 | 701 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 702 if (error) |
| 1107 | 703 return error; |
| 7 | 704 |
| 705 /* Send the reply */ | |
| 706 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull; | |
| 707 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/ | |
| 708 | |
| 709 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */ | |
| 710 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList); | |
| 711 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 712 return error; |
| 7 | 713 |
| 714 #if 0 | |
| 715 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 9 | 716 |
| 717 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc) | |
| 718 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType, | |
| 7 | 719 * sizeof(DescType)) |
| 720 */ | |
| 721 | |
| 722 /* AEPutDesc */ | |
| 723 #endif | |
| 724 | |
| 725 numFiles = 0; | |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
726 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 727 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
| 728 { | |
| 729 /* Add this file to the list */ | |
| 730 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 731 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 9 | 732 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */ |
| 733 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile)); | |
| 7 | 734 }; |
| 735 | |
| 736 #if 0 | |
| 737 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 738 #endif | |
| 739 | |
| 740 /* We can add data only if something to reply */ | |
| 9 | 741 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList); |
| 7 | 742 |
| 743 if (replyList.dataHandle) | |
| 744 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList); | |
| 745 | |
| 746 return error; | |
| 747 }; | |
| 748 | |
| 749 /* | |
| 750 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior | |
| 751 * | |
| 752 * Description | |
| 753 * ----------- | |
| 754 * | |
| 755 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs | |
| 756 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a | |
| 757 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to | |
| 758 * the source code contained in the file. | |
| 759 * | |
| 760 * Event Reply | |
| 761 * ----------- | |
| 762 * | |
| 763 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received. | |
| 764 * | |
| 765 * Remarks | |
| 766 * ------- | |
| 767 * | |
| 768 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle | |
| 769 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire | |
| 770 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in | |
| 771 * theText. | |
| 772 * | |
| 773 */ | |
| 774 | |
| 775 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText; | |
| 776 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 777 { | |
| 778 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */ | |
| 779 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */ | |
| 780 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */ | |
| 781 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */ | |
| 782 }; | |
| 783 | |
| 9 | 784 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 785 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE( |
| 786 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 787 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 788 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 789 { |
| 790 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 791 buf_T *buf; | |
| 792 int foundFile = false; | |
| 793 DescType typeCode; | |
| 794 CW_GetText GetTextData; | |
| 795 Size actualSize; | |
| 796 char_u *line; | |
| 797 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL; | |
| 798 long linesize; | |
| 799 long lineStart; | |
| 800 long BufferSize; | |
| 801 long lineno; | |
| 802 | |
| 803 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize); | |
| 804 | |
| 805 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 806 return error; |
| 7 | 807 |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
808 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 809 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
| 810 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID) | |
| 811 { | |
| 812 foundFile = true; | |
| 813 break; | |
| 814 } | |
| 815 | |
| 816 if (foundFile) | |
| 817 { | |
| 9 | 818 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */ |
| 7 | 819 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++) |
| 820 { | |
| 821 /* Must use the right buffer */ | |
| 822 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE); | |
| 823 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1; | |
| 824 lineStart = BufferSize; | |
| 825 BufferSize += linesize; | |
| 826 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */ | |
| 9 | 827 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize); |
| 828 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize) | |
| 7 | 829 { |
| 830 break; /* Simple handling for now */ | |
| 831 } | |
| 832 else | |
| 833 { | |
| 9 | 834 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 835 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText; |
| 9 | 836 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line); |
| 7 | 837 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r'; |
| 9 | 838 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 839 } |
| 840 } | |
| 841 if (fullbuffer != NULL) | |
| 842 { | |
| 9 | 843 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 844 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0; |
| 9 | 845 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 846 } |
| 847 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 848 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 849 else | |
| 9 | 850 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/ |
| 7 | 851 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; |
| 852 } | |
| 9 | 853 |
| 854 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); | |
| 1107 | 855 |
| 856 return error; | |
| 7 | 857 } |
| 858 | |
| 859 /* | |
| 860 * | |
| 861 */ | |
| 862 | |
| 863 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/ | |
| 593 | 864 pascal OSErr |
| 865 FindProcessBySignature( | |
| 866 const OSType targetType, | |
| 867 const OSType targetCreator, | |
| 868 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr) | |
| 7 | 869 { |
| 870 OSErr anErr = noErr; | |
| 871 Boolean lookingForProcess = true; | |
| 872 | |
| 873 ProcessInfoRec infoRec; | |
| 874 | |
| 9 | 875 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec); |
| 7 | 876 infoRec.processName = nil; |
| 877 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil; | |
| 878 | |
| 879 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 880 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 881 | |
| 9 | 882 while (lookingForProcess) |
| 7 | 883 { |
| 9 | 884 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr); |
| 885 if (anErr != noErr) | |
| 7 | 886 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 887 else | |
| 888 { | |
| 9 | 889 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec); |
| 890 if ((anErr == noErr) | |
| 891 && (infoRec.processType == targetType) | |
| 892 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator)) | |
| 7 | 893 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 894 } | |
| 895 } | |
| 896 | |
| 897 return anErr; | |
| 898 }//end FindProcessBySignature | |
| 899 | |
| 9 | 900 void |
| 901 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf) | |
| 7 | 902 { |
| 9 | 903 OSErr anErr = noErr; |
| 904 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 7 | 905 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess }; |
| 906 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 907 AESendMode sendMode; | |
| 908 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil }; | |
| 909 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil; | |
| 910 ModificationInfo ModData; | |
| 911 | |
| 912 | |
| 9 | 913 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn); |
| 914 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 915 { |
| 9 | 916 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn, |
| 917 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc); | |
| 918 | |
| 919 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 920 { |
| 921 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc, | |
| 922 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent); | |
| 923 } | |
| 924 | |
| 9 | 925 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc); |
| 7 | 926 |
| 927 /* Add the parms */ | |
| 928 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 929 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 930 | |
| 931 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 9 | 932 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData)); |
| 933 | |
| 934 if (idleProcUPP == nil) | |
| 7 | 935 sendMode = kAENoReply; |
| 936 else | |
| 937 sendMode = kAEWaitReply; | |
| 938 | |
| 9 | 939 if (anErr == noErr) |
| 940 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil); | |
| 941 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply) | |
| 7 | 942 { |
| 9 | 943 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/ |
| 7 | 944 } |
| 9 | 945 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply); |
| 7 | 946 } |
| 947 } | |
| 948 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */ | |
| 949 | |
| 950 /* | |
| 951 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 952 * Apple Event Handling procedure | |
| 953 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 954 */ | |
| 955 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 956 | |
| 957 /* | |
| 958 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent | |
| 959 */ | |
| 960 | |
| 9 | 961 OSErr |
| 962 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent) | |
| 7 | 963 { |
| 964 OSErr error; | |
| 965 long actualSize; | |
| 966 DescType dummyType; | |
| 967 AEKeyword missedKeyword; | |
| 968 | |
| 969 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */ | |
| 970 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, | |
| 971 typeKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 972 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword), | |
| 973 &actualSize); | |
| 974 | |
| 975 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */ | |
| 976 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 977 { | |
| 978 error = noErr; | |
| 979 } | |
| 980 else | |
| 981 { | |
| 982 #if 0 | |
| 983 /* Why is this removed? */ | |
| 984 error = errAEEventNotHandled; | |
| 985 #endif | |
| 986 } | |
| 987 | |
| 988 return error; | |
| 989 } | |
| 990 | |
| 991 | |
| 992 /* | |
| 993 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent | |
| 994 * | |
| 995 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon. | |
| 996 * | |
| 997 */ | |
| 998 | |
| 999 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange; | |
| 1000 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */ | |
| 1001 { | |
| 1002 short unused1; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1003 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range) | |
| 1004 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 1005 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 1006 long unused2; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1007 long theDate; // modification date/time | |
| 1008 }; | |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed- | |
| 1011 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text | |
| 1012 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in | |
| 1013 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll | |
| 1014 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and | |
| 1015 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified. | |
| 1016 */ | |
| 1017 | |
| 9 | 1018 pascal OSErr |
| 1019 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1020 { |
| 1021 /* | |
| 1022 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into | |
| 1023 * a ":args" | |
| 1024 */ | |
| 1025 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1026 // OSErr firstError = noErr; | |
| 1027 // short numErrors = 0; | |
| 1028 AEDesc theList; | |
| 1029 DescType typeCode; | |
| 1030 long numFiles; | |
| 1031 // long fileCount; | |
| 1032 char_u **fnames; | |
| 1033 // char_u fname[256]; | |
| 1034 Size actualSize; | |
| 1035 SelectionRange thePosition; | |
| 1036 short gotPosition = false; | |
| 1037 long lnum; | |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */ | |
| 1040 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList); | |
| 1041 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1042 return error; |
| 7 | 1043 |
| 1044 | |
| 1045 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize); | |
| 1046 if (error == noErr) | |
| 1047 gotPosition = true; | |
| 1048 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 1049 error = noErr; | |
| 1050 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1051 return error; |
| 7 | 1052 |
| 1053 /* | |
| 1054 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition); | |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 if (^error) then | |
| 1057 { | |
| 1058 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1059 { | |
| 1060 // Goto this line | |
| 1061 } | |
| 1062 else | |
| 1063 { | |
| 1064 // Set the range char wise | |
| 1065 } | |
| 1066 } | |
| 1067 */ | |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 reset_VIsual(); | |
| 1070 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 if (error) | |
| 1073 { | |
| 1074 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */ | |
| 1075 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 1076 return (error); | |
| 1077 } | |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 if (starting > 0) | |
| 1080 { | |
| 1081 int i; | |
| 1082 char_u *p; | |
| 1409 | 1083 int fnum = -1; |
| 7 | 1084 |
| 1085 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */ | |
| 1086 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++) | |
| 1087 { | |
| 1088 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL | |
| 1089 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL) | |
| 1090 mch_exit(2); | |
| 1091 else | |
| 1092 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2); | |
| 1409 | 1093 if (fnum == -1) |
| 1094 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum; | |
| 1095 } | |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch | |
| 1098 * to it. */ | |
| 1099 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum) | |
| 1100 { | |
| 1101 char_u cmd[30]; | |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum); | |
| 1104 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
| 7 | 1105 } |
| 816 | 1106 |
| 1107 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */ | |
|
13170
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1108 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 |
|
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1109 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0]), "drop") == OK) |
| 816 | 1110 shorten_fnames(TRUE); |
| 1111 | |
| 7 | 1112 goto finished; |
| 1113 } | |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */ | |
| 1116 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE); | |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */ | |
| 1119 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition)) | |
| 1120 { | |
| 1121 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1122 { | |
| 37 | 1123 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1; |
| 7 | 1124 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE; |
| 1125 setpcmark();*/ | |
| 1126 if (lnum < 1L) | |
| 1127 lnum = 1L; | |
| 1128 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1129 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 1130 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 37 | 1131 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 1132 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/ |
| 1133 } | |
| 1134 else | |
| 1135 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1); | |
| 1136 } | |
| 1137 | |
| 1138 /* Update the screen display */ | |
| 1139 update_screen(NOT_VALID); | |
| 5735 | 1140 |
| 37 | 1141 /* Select the text if possible */ |
| 1142 if (gotPosition) | |
| 1143 { | |
| 168 | 1144 VIsual_active = TRUE; |
| 1145 VIsual_select = FALSE; | |
| 1146 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1147 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0) | |
| 37 | 1148 { |
| 168 | 1149 VIsual_mode = 'v'; |
| 1150 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange); | |
| 1151 } | |
| 1152 else | |
| 37 | 1153 { |
| 168 | 1154 VIsual_mode = 'V'; |
| 1155 VIsual.col = 0; | |
| 1156 } | |
| 37 | 1157 } |
| 5735 | 1158 |
| 7 | 1159 setcursor(); |
| 1160 out_flush(); | |
| 1161 | |
| 37 | 1162 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ |
| 1163 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 1164 | |
| 1107 | 1165 finished: |
| 7 | 1166 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */ |
| 1167 | |
| 9 | 1168 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1169 return error; |
| 7 | 1170 } |
| 1171 | |
| 1172 /* | |
| 1173 * | |
| 1174 */ | |
| 1175 | |
| 9 | 1176 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1177 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE( |
| 1178 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1179 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1180 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1181 { |
| 1182 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1183 | |
| 9 | 1184 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1185 return error; |
| 7 | 1186 } |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 /* | |
| 1189 * | |
| 1190 */ | |
| 1191 | |
| 9 | 1192 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1193 Handle_aevt_quit_AE( |
| 1194 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1195 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1196 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1197 { |
| 1198 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1199 | |
| 9 | 1200 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 1201 if (error) |
| 1107 | 1202 return error; |
| 7 | 1203 |
| 1204 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */ | |
| 1205 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa"); | |
| 1206 | |
| 1107 | 1207 return error; |
| 7 | 1208 } |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 /* | |
| 1211 * | |
| 1212 */ | |
| 1213 | |
| 9 | 1214 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1215 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE( |
| 1216 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1217 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1218 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1219 { |
| 1220 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1221 | |
| 9 | 1222 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1223 |
| 1224 return error; | |
| 7 | 1225 } |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 /* | |
| 1228 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent | |
| 1229 * | |
| 1230 * (Just get rid of all the parms) | |
| 1231 */ | |
| 9 | 1232 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1233 Handle_unknown_AE( |
| 1234 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1235 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1236 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1237 { |
| 1238 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1239 | |
| 9 | 1240 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1241 |
| 1242 return error; | |
| 7 | 1243 } |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 /* | |
| 1247 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers | |
| 1248 */ | |
| 9 | 1249 OSErr |
| 1250 InstallAEHandlers(void) | |
| 7 | 1251 { |
| 1252 OSErr error; | |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 /* install open application handler */ | |
| 1255 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication, | |
| 593 | 1256 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1257 if (error) |
| 1258 { | |
| 1259 return error; | |
| 1260 } | |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 /* install quit application handler */ | |
| 1263 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication, | |
| 593 | 1264 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1265 if (error) |
| 1266 { | |
| 1267 return error; | |
| 1268 } | |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 /* install open document handler */ | |
| 1271 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1272 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1273 if (error) |
| 1274 { | |
| 1275 return error; | |
| 1276 } | |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 /* install print document handler */ | |
| 1279 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1280 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1281 |
| 1282 /* Install Core Suite */ | |
| 1283 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone, | |
| 593 | 1284 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1285 |
| 1286 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose, | |
| 593 | 1287 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1288 |
| 1289 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements, | |
| 593 | 1290 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1291 |
| 1292 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement, | |
| 593 | 1293 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1294 |
| 1295 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete, | |
| 593 | 1296 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1297 |
| 1298 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist, | |
| 593 | 1299 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1300 |
| 1301 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData, | |
| 593 | 1302 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false); |
| 7 | 1303 |
| 1304 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize, | |
| 593 | 1305 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false); |
| 7 | 1306 |
| 1307 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo, | |
| 593 | 1308 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1309 |
| 1310 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo, | |
| 593 | 1311 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1312 |
| 1313 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove, | |
| 593 | 1314 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1315 |
| 1316 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave, | |
| 593 | 1317 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1318 |
| 1319 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData, | |
| 593 | 1320 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1321 */ |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 1324 /* | |
| 1325 * Bind codewarrior support handlers | |
| 1326 */ | |
| 1327 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX', | |
| 593 | 1328 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1329 if (error) |
| 1330 { | |
| 1331 return error; | |
| 1332 } | |
| 1333 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH', | |
| 593 | 1334 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1335 if (error) |
| 1336 { | |
| 1337 return error; | |
| 1338 } | |
| 1339 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ', | |
| 593 | 1340 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1341 if (error) |
| 1342 { | |
| 1343 return error; | |
| 1344 } | |
| 1345 #endif | |
| 1346 | |
| 1347 return error; | |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 } | |
| 1350 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */ | |
| 1351 | |
| 13 | 1352 |
| 1353 /* | |
| 1354 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below, | |
| 1355 * to handle Font Panel events. | |
| 1356 */ | |
| 1357 static OSStatus | |
| 593 | 1358 FontPanelHandler( |
| 1359 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, | |
| 1360 EventRef inEvent, | |
| 1361 void *inUserData) | |
| 13 | 1362 { |
| 1363 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed) | |
| 1364 { | |
| 1365 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false; | |
| 1366 return noErr; | |
| 1367 } | |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection) | |
| 1370 { | |
| 1371 OSStatus status; | |
| 1372 FMFontFamily newFamily; | |
| 1373 FMFontSize newSize; | |
| 1374 FMFontStyle newStyle; | |
| 1375 | |
| 1376 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */ | |
| 1377 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily, | |
| 1378 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL, | |
| 1379 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL, | |
| 1380 &newFamily); | |
| 1381 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1382 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily; | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 /* Retrieve the font size. */ | |
| 1385 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize, | |
| 1386 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize); | |
| 1387 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1388 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize; | |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */ | |
| 1391 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle, | |
| 1392 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle); | |
| 1393 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1394 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle; | |
| 1395 } | |
| 1396 return noErr; | |
| 1397 } | |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 static void | |
| 593 | 1401 InstallFontPanelHandler(void) |
| 13 | 1402 { |
| 1403 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2]; | |
| 1404 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP; | |
| 1405 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */ | |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1408 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection; | |
| 1409 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1410 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed; | |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler); | |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes, | |
| 1415 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL); | |
| 1416 } | |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 /* | |
| 1420 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size | |
| 1421 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel. | |
| 1422 */ | |
| 168 | 1423 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32 |
| 13 | 1424 static void |
| 501 | 1425 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName) |
| 13 | 1426 { |
| 168 | 1427 Str255 buf; |
| 1428 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0; | |
| 1429 ATSUFontID fid; | |
| 1430 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 13 | 1431 |
| 1432 if (!outName) | |
| 1433 return; | |
| 1434 | |
| 168 | 1435 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr) |
| 1436 { | |
| 1437 /* Canonicalize localized font names */ | |
| 1438 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family, | |
| 1439 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr) | |
| 1440 return; | |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could | |
| 1443 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */ | |
| 1444 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform, | |
| 1445 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 501 | 1446 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr) |
| 168 | 1447 return; |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is | |
| 1450 * already part of the font full name */ | |
| 501 | 1451 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d", |
| 168 | 1452 gFontPanelInfo.size/*, |
| 1453 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""), | |
| 1454 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""), | |
| 1455 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/); | |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255) | |
| 1458 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString); | |
| 1459 } | |
| 1460 else | |
| 1461 { | |
| 501 | 1462 *outName = NUL; |
| 168 | 1463 } |
| 13 | 1464 } |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 | |
| 7 | 1467 /* |
| 1468 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1469 * Unfiled yet | |
| 1470 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1471 */ | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 /* | |
| 1474 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index | |
| 1475 * | |
| 4352 | 1476 * Returns the index inside the menu where |
| 7 | 1477 */ |
| 2585 | 1478 short /* Should we return MenuItemIndex? */ |
| 593 | 1479 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1480 { |
| 1481 short index; | |
| 1482 short itemIndex = -1; | |
| 1483 vimmenu_T *pBrother; | |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1486 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1487 * -popup menu | |
| 1488 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1489 * | |
| 1490 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1491 */ | |
| 1492 if (pMenu->parent) | |
| 1493 { | |
| 1494 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */ | |
| 1495 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children; | |
| 1496 index = 1; | |
| 1497 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1)) | |
| 1498 { | |
| 1499 if (pBrother == pMenu) | |
| 1500 itemIndex = index; | |
| 1501 index++; | |
| 1502 pBrother = pBrother->next; | |
| 1503 } | |
| 1504 } | |
| 1505 return itemIndex; | |
| 1506 } | |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 static vimmenu_T * | |
| 593 | 1509 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1510 { |
| 1511 short index; | |
| 1512 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu; | |
| 1513 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent; | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1517 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1518 * -popup menu | |
| 1519 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1520 * | |
| 1521 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1522 */ | |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID)) | |
| 1525 { | |
| 1526 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++) | |
| 1527 pMenu = pMenu->next; | |
| 1528 } | |
| 1529 else | |
| 1530 { | |
| 1531 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next) | |
| 1532 { | |
| 1533 if (pMenu->children != NULL) | |
| 1534 { | |
| 1535 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu | |
| 1536 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children); | |
| 1537 if (pChildMenu) | |
| 1538 { | |
| 1539 pMenu = pChildMenu; | |
| 1540 break; | |
| 1541 } | |
| 1542 } | |
| 1543 } | |
| 1544 } | |
| 1545 return pMenu; | |
| 1546 } | |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 /* | |
| 1549 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1550 * MacOS Feedback procedures | |
| 1551 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1552 */ | |
| 1553 pascal | |
| 1554 void | |
| 9 | 1555 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1556 { |
| 1557 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
| 1558 int value, dragging; | |
| 1559 ControlHandle theControlToUse; | |
| 1560 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 theControlToUse = dragged_sb; | |
| 1563 | |
| 9 | 1564 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse)); |
| 7 | 1565 |
| 1566 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1567 return; | |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */ | |
| 9 | 1570 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse); |
| 7 | 1571 dragging = (partCode != 0); |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1574 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1575 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1576 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1577 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1578 } | |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 pascal | |
| 1581 void | |
| 9 | 1582 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1583 { |
| 1584 /* TODO: have live support */ | |
| 1585 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info; | |
| 1586 long data; | |
| 1587 long value; | |
| 1588 int page; | |
| 1589 int dragging = FALSE; | |
| 1590 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1591 | |
| 9 | 1592 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl)); |
| 7 | 1593 |
| 1594 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1595 return; | |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */ | |
| 1598 { | |
| 1599 /* | |
| 1600 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar | |
| 1601 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to | |
| 1602 * gui_drag_scrollbar(). | |
| 1603 */ | |
| 1604 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0]; | |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 if (sb_info->size > 5) | |
| 1607 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */ | |
| 1608 else | |
| 1609 page = sb_info->size; | |
| 1610 } | |
| 1611 else /* Bottom scrollbar */ | |
| 1612 { | |
| 1613 sb_info = sb; | |
|
12515
972ea22c946f
patch 8.0.1136: W_WIDTH() is always the same
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12317
diff
changeset
|
1614 page = curwin->w_width - 5; |
| 7 | 1615 } |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 switch (partCode) | |
| 1618 { | |
| 1619 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break; | |
| 1620 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break; | |
| 1621 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break; | |
| 1622 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break; | |
| 1623 default: data = 0; break; | |
| 1624 } | |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 value = sb_info->value + data; | |
| 1627 /* if (value > sb_info->max) | |
| 1628 value = sb_info->max; | |
| 1629 else if (value < 0) | |
| 1630 value = 0;*/ | |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1633 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1634 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1635 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1636 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 out_flush(); | |
| 1639 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL) | |
| 1642 { | |
| 1643 win_T *wp; | |
| 1644 int sb_num; | |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 sb_num = 0; | |
| 1647 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp)) | |
| 1648 sb_num++; | |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 1651 { | |
| 1652 current_scrollbar = sb_num; | |
| 1653 scrollbar_value = value; | |
| 1654 gui_do_scroll(); | |
| 1655 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1656 } | |
| 1657 }*/ | |
| 1658 } | |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 /* | |
| 1661 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1662 * MacOS Click Handling procedures | |
| 1663 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1664 */ | |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 /* | |
| 1668 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the | |
| 1669 * scrollbar or the contents. | |
| 1670 * | |
| 1671 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR | |
| 1672 */ | |
| 1673 void | |
| 593 | 1674 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1675 { |
| 1676 Point thePoint; | |
| 1677 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 1678 short thePortion; | |
| 1679 ControlHandle theControl; | |
| 1680 int vimMouseButton; | |
| 1681 short dblClick; | |
| 1682 | |
| 1683 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 1684 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 1685 SelectWindow(whichWindow); | |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl); | |
| 7 | 1688 |
| 1689 if (theControl != NUL) | |
| 1690 { | |
| 4352 | 1691 /* We hit a scrollbar */ |
| 7 | 1692 |
| 1693 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart) | |
| 1694 { | |
| 1695 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1696 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction); | |
| 1697 dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 1698 } | |
| 1699 else | |
| 1700 { | |
| 1701 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1702 #if 1 | |
| 1703 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag); | |
| 1704 #else | |
| 1705 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL); | |
| 1706 #endif | |
| 1707 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse | |
| 1708 * button has been released */ | |
| 9 | 1709 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 1710 dragged_sb = NULL; |
| 1711 } | |
| 1712 } | |
| 1713 else | |
| 1714 { | |
| 1715 /* We are inside the contents */ | |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */ | |
| 1718 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */ | |
| 1721 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT; | |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */ | |
| 593 | 1724 /* TODO: NEEDED? */ |
| 7 | 1725 clickIsPopup = FALSE; |
| 1726 | |
| 1292 | 1727 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent)) |
| 1728 { | |
| 1729 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
| 1730 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 1731 clickIsPopup = TRUE; | |
| 1732 } | |
| 7 | 1733 |
| 1734 /* Is it a double click ? */ | |
| 1735 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime()); | |
| 1736 | |
| 593 | 1737 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */ |
| 7 | 1738 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h, |
| 1739 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers); | |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect | |
| 1742 * the mouse dragging | |
| 1743 */ | |
| 1744 #if 0 | |
| 1745 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu? | |
| 1746 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup? | |
| 1747 */ | |
| 1748 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT) | |
| 1749 #endif | |
| 1750 { | |
| 9 | 1751 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 1752 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 1753 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 1754 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 dragRectEnbl = TRUE; | |
| 1757 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 1758 } | |
| 1759 } | |
| 1760 } | |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 /* | |
| 1763 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window) | |
| 1764 */ | |
| 1765 void | |
| 593 | 1766 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1767 { |
| 1768 Rect movingLimits; | |
| 1769 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits; | |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */ | |
| 9 | 1772 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits); |
| 1773 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr); | |
| 7 | 1774 } |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 /* | |
| 1777 * Handle the click in the grow box | |
| 1778 */ | |
| 1779 void | |
| 593 | 1780 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1781 { |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 long newSize; | |
| 1784 unsigned short newWidth; | |
| 1785 unsigned short newHeight; | |
| 1786 Rect resizeLimits; | |
| 1787 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits; | |
| 1788 Rect NewContentRect; | |
| 1789 | |
| 9 | 1790 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits); |
| 7 | 1791 |
| 1212 | 1792 /* Set the minimum size */ |
| 7 | 1793 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */ |
| 1794 resizeLimits.top = 100; | |
| 1795 resizeLimits.left = 100; | |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect); | |
| 1798 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left; | |
| 1799 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top; | |
| 1800 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight); | |
| 1801 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1802 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1803 } |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 /* | |
| 1806 * Handle the click in the zoom box | |
| 1807 */ | |
| 1808 static void | |
| 593 | 1809 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1810 { |
| 1811 Rect r; | |
| 1812 Point p; | |
| 1813 short thePart; | |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 /* ideal width is current */ | |
| 1816 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1817 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 1818 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1819 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 1820 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 2585 | 1821 /* ideal height is as high as we can get */ |
| 7 | 1822 p.v = 15 * 1024; |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r) | |
| 1825 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut; | |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart)) | |
| 1828 return; | |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 /* use returned width */ | |
| 1831 p.h = r.right - r.left; | |
| 1832 /* adjust returned height */ | |
| 1833 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1834 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
| 1835 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height; | |
| 1836 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height; | |
| 1837 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 2869 | 1838 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) |
| 7 | 1839 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height; |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p); | |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 1844 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 1845 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1846 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1847 } |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 /* | |
| 1850 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1851 * MacOS Event Handling procedure | |
| 1852 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1853 */ | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 /* | |
| 1856 * Handle the Update Event | |
| 1857 */ | |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 void | |
| 593 | 1860 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1861 { |
| 1862 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1863 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 1864 RgnHandle updateRgn; | |
| 1865 Rect updateRect; | |
| 1866 Rect *updateRectPtr; | |
| 1867 Rect rc; | |
| 1868 Rect growRect; | |
| 1869 RgnHandle saveRgn; | |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 updateRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1873 if (updateRgn == NULL) | |
| 1874 return; | |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 /* This could be done by the caller as we | |
| 1877 * don't require anything else out of the event | |
| 1878 */ | |
| 1879 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 /* Save Current Port */ | |
| 9 | 1882 GetPort(&savePort); |
| 7 | 1883 |
| 1884 /* Select the Window's Port */ | |
| 9 | 1885 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1886 |
| 1887 /* Let's update the window */ | |
| 9 | 1888 BeginUpdate(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1889 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area |
| 1890 * to be updated. | |
| 1891 */ | |
| 1892 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn); | |
| 1893 # if 0 | |
| 1212 | 1894 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't |
| 7 | 1895 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany) |
| 1896 */ | |
| 1897 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn); | |
| 1898 # endif | |
| 593 | 1899 |
| 7 | 1900 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/ |
| 9 | 1901 HLock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 593 | 1902 |
| 9 | 1903 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect); |
| 7 | 1904 # if 0 |
| 1905 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion. | |
| 1906 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany) | |
| 1907 */ | |
| 1908 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */ | |
| 1909 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect)); | |
| 1910 # endif | |
| 1911 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */ | |
| 1912 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top, | |
| 1913 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left, | |
| 1914 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top); | |
| 1915 /* Clear the border areas if needed */ | |
| 1916 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 1917 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0)) | |
| 1918 { | |
| 9 | 1919 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 1920 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1921 } |
| 1922 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0)) | |
| 1923 { | |
| 9 | 1924 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0)); |
| 1925 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1926 } |
| 1927 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns)) | |
| 1928 { | |
| 9 | 1929 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0, |
| 7 | 1930 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 9 | 1931 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1932 } |
| 1933 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows)) | |
| 1934 { | |
| 9 | 1935 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, |
| 7 | 1936 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset); |
| 9 | 1937 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1938 } |
| 9 | 1939 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 1940 DisposeRgn(updateRgn); | |
| 7 | 1941 |
| 1942 /* Update scrollbars */ | |
| 9 | 1943 DrawControls(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1944 |
| 1945 /* Update the GrowBox */ | |
| 1946 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */ | |
| 1947 saveRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1948 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect); | |
| 9 | 1949 GetClip(saveRgn); |
| 1950 ClipRect(&growRect); | |
| 1951 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow); | |
| 1952 SetClip(saveRgn); | |
| 1953 DisposeRgn(saveRgn); | |
| 1954 EndUpdate(whichWindow); | |
| 7 | 1955 |
| 1956 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 1957 SetPort(savePort); |
| 7 | 1958 } |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 /* | |
| 1961 * Handle the activate/deactivate event | |
| 1962 * (apply to a window) | |
| 1963 */ | |
| 1964 void | |
| 593 | 1965 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1966 { |
| 1967 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1292 | 1970 /* Dim scrollbars */ |
| 1971 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow) | |
| 7 | 1972 { |
| 1562 | 1973 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 1974 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); | |
| 1975 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag) | |
| 1976 ActivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 1977 else | |
| 1978 DeactivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 7 | 1979 } |
| 1292 | 1980 |
| 1981 /* Activate */ | |
| 1982 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag); | |
| 7 | 1983 } |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 /* | |
| 1987 * Handle the suspend/resume event | |
| 1988 * (apply to the application) | |
| 1989 */ | |
| 1990 void | |
| 593 | 1991 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1992 { |
| 1993 /* The frontmost application just changed */ | |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate | |
| 1996 * seen on MacOS X | |
| 1997 */ | |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 /* May not need to change focus as the window will | |
| 1212 | 2000 * get an activate/deactivate event |
| 7 | 2001 */ |
| 2002 if (event->message & 1) | |
| 2003 /* Resume */ | |
| 2004 gui_focus_change(TRUE); | |
| 2005 else | |
| 2006 /* Suspend */ | |
| 2007 gui_focus_change(FALSE); | |
| 2008 } | |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 /* | |
| 2011 * Handle the key | |
| 2012 */ | |
| 168 | 2013 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 2014 static pascal OSStatus |
| 2015 gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 2016 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2017 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2018 void *data) | |
| 2019 { | |
| 2020 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2021 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow) | |
| 2024 { | |
| 2025 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2026 { | |
| 2027 case kEventWindowActivated: | |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
2028 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 1562 | 2029 im_on_window_switch(TRUE); |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
2030 # endif |
| 1562 | 2031 return noErr; |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 case kEventWindowDeactivated: | |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
2034 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 1562 | 2035 im_on_window_switch(FALSE); |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
2036 # endif |
| 1562 | 2037 return noErr; |
| 2038 } | |
| 2039 } | |
| 2040 | |
| 2041 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2045 gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 2046 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2047 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2048 void *data) | |
| 2049 { | |
| 2050 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2051 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput) | |
| 2054 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) && | |
| 2057 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) && | |
| 2058 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) && | |
| 2059 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) && | |
| 2060 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind)) | |
| 2061 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2064 { | |
| 2065 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea: | |
| 2066 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2067 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent: | |
| 2068 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos: | |
| 2071 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset: | |
| 2072 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText: | |
| 2073 break; | |
| 2074 } | |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2077 } | |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 static pascal | |
| 2080 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 2081 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2082 EventRef theEvent) | |
| 2083 { | |
| 2084 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2085 } | |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the | |
| 2088 keys */ | |
| 857 | 2089 |
| 168 | 2090 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80 |
| 2091 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 1562 | 2092 gui_mac_unicode_key_event( |
| 593 | 2093 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, |
| 1562 | 2094 EventRef theEvent) |
| 168 | 2095 { |
| 2096 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */ | |
| 1012 | 2097 OSStatus err = -1; |
| 168 | 2098 UInt32 actualSize; |
| 2099 UniChar *text; | |
| 2100 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 2101 short len = 0; | |
| 2102 UInt32 key_sym; | |
| 2103 char charcode; | |
| 2104 int key_char; | |
| 1012 | 2105 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers; |
| 168 | 2106 size_t encLen; |
| 2107 char_u *to = NULL; | |
| 2108 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE; | |
| 2109 int i; | |
| 1562 | 2110 EventRef keyEvent; |
| 168 | 2111 |
| 2112 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2113 if (p_mh) | |
| 2114 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2115 | |
| 1012 | 2116 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */ |
| 2117 if (dialog_busy) | |
| 1562 | 2118 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2119 |
| 2120 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2121 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL)) |
| 2122 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 1012 | 2123 |
| 2124 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize); | |
| 2125 if (!text) | |
| 1562 | 2126 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2127 |
| 2128 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2129 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text); |
| 1012 | 2130 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent, | |
| 1562 | 2133 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent); |
| 1012 | 2134 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 1562 | 2137 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers); |
| 1012 | 2138 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode, | |
| 1562 | 2141 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym); |
| 1012 | 2142 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes, | |
| 1562 | 2145 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode); |
| 1012 | 2146 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2147 | |
| 168 | 2148 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY |
| 1012 | 2149 if (modifiers & cmdKey) |
| 1562 | 2150 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */ |
| 168 | 2151 #endif |
| 1012 | 2152 |
| 2153 key_char = charcode; | |
| 2154 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers); | |
| 2155 | |
| 2156 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */ | |
| 2157 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) && | |
| 1562 | 2158 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f))) |
| 2159 { | |
| 2160 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i) | |
| 2161 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2162 { | |
| 2163 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, | |
| 2164 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 2165 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, | |
| 2166 (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2167 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2168 break; | |
| 2169 } | |
| 168 | 2170 } |
| 1012 | 2171 |
| 2172 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */ | |
| 2173 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') || | |
| 1562 | 2174 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.')) |
| 2175 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 1012 | 2176 |
| 2177 if (!isSpecial) | |
| 2178 { | |
| 1562 | 2179 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g., |
| 2180 * '(' and '*' */ | |
| 2181 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char)) | |
| 2182 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */ | |
| 2185 if (key_char < 0x20) | |
| 2186 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 /* don't process unicode characters here */ | |
| 2189 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2190 { | |
| 2191 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers | |
| 2192 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */ | |
| 2193 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */ | |
| 2196 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2197 if (key_char == CSI) | |
| 2198 key_char = K_CSI; | |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2201 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2202 } | |
| 1012 | 2203 } |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 if (vimModifiers) | |
| 2206 { | |
| 1562 | 2207 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2208 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2209 result[len++] = vimModifiers; | |
| 1012 | 2210 } |
| 2211 | |
| 2212 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2213 { | |
| 1562 | 2214 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2215 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2216 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 1012 | 2217 } |
| 2218 else | |
| 2219 { | |
| 1562 | 2220 encLen = actualSize; |
| 2221 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen); | |
| 2222 if (to) | |
| 2223 { | |
| 2224 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */ | |
| 2225 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i) | |
| 2226 { | |
| 2227 result[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2228 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2229 { | |
| 2230 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2231 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 2232 } | |
| 2233 } | |
| 2234 vim_free(to); | |
| 2235 } | |
| 1012 | 2236 } |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 add_to_input_buf(result, len); | |
| 2239 err = noErr; | |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 done: | |
| 2242 vim_free(text); | |
| 2243 if (err == noErr) | |
| 2244 { | |
| 1562 | 2245 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get |
| 2246 * key repeat working */ | |
| 2247 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2248 return noErr; | |
| 1012 | 2249 } |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 168 | 2252 } |
| 2253 #else | |
| 7 | 2254 void |
| 2255 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) | |
| 2256 { | |
| 2257 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */ | |
| 2258 long menu; | |
| 2259 unsigned char string[20]; | |
| 2260 short num, i; | |
| 2261 short len = 0; | |
| 2262 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 2263 int key_char; | |
| 2264 int modifiers; | |
| 26 | 2265 int simplify = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2266 |
| 2267 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2268 if (p_mh) | |
| 2269 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */ | |
| 2272 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8); | |
| 2273 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask; | |
| 2274 num = 1; | |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 /* Intercept CTRL-C */ | |
| 2277 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey) | |
| 9 | 2278 { |
| 7 | 2279 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) |
| 2280 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 9 | 2281 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0 |
| 2282 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6')) | |
| 2283 { | |
| 2284 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */ | |
| 2285 if (key_char == '2') | |
| 2286 key_char = Ctrl_AT; | |
| 2287 else | |
| 2288 key_char = Ctrl_HAT; | |
| 2289 theEvent->modifiers = 0; | |
| 2290 } | |
| 2291 } | |
| 7 | 2292 |
| 2293 /* Intercept CMD-. */ | |
| 2294 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2295 if (key_char == '.') | |
| 2296 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 /* Handle command key as per menu */ | |
| 2299 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */ | |
| 2300 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2301 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button. | |
| 2302 * Why the mouse button? */ | |
| 2303 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0) | |
| 2304 { | |
| 2305 menu = MenuKey(key_char); | |
| 2306 if (HiWord(menu)) | |
| 2307 { | |
| 2308 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu); | |
| 2309 return; | |
| 2310 } | |
| 2311 } | |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 /* Convert the modifiers */ | |
| 2314 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 | |
| 2317 /* Handle special keys. */ | |
| 2318 #if 0 | |
| 26 | 2319 /* Why has this been removed? */ |
| 7 | 2320 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey))) |
| 2321 #endif | |
| 2322 { | |
| 2323 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */ | |
| 2324 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f)) | |
| 2325 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 2326 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2327 { | |
| 2328 # if 0 | |
| 2329 /* We currently don't have not so special key */ | |
| 2330 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL) | |
| 2331 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0; | |
| 2332 else | |
| 2333 # endif | |
| 9 | 2334 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, |
| 2335 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 26 | 2336 simplify = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2337 break; |
| 2338 } | |
| 2339 } | |
| 2340 | |
| 26 | 2341 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */ |
| 2342 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ') | |
| 2343 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers); | |
| 7 | 2344 |
| 2345 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */ | |
| 2346 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */ | |
| 2347 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char) | |
| 2348 && key_sym != vk_Space | |
| 2349 && key_sym != vk_Tab | |
| 2350 && key_sym != vk_Return | |
| 2351 && key_sym != vk_Enter | |
| 2352 && key_sym != vk_Esc) | |
| 2353 { | |
| 2354 #if 1 | |
| 2355 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */ | |
| 9 | 2356 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 2357 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2358 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 7 | 2359 modifiers = 0; |
| 2360 #else | |
| 9 | 2361 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) |
| 7 | 2362 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; |
| 9 | 2363 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) |
| 7 | 2364 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT; |
| 9 | 2365 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 7 | 2366 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; |
| 2367 #endif | |
| 2368 } | |
| 9 | 2369 if (modifiers) |
| 7 | 2370 { |
| 9 | 2371 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2372 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2373 string[len++] = modifiers; | |
| 7 | 2374 } |
| 2375 | |
| 9 | 2376 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) |
| 7 | 2377 { |
| 9 | 2378 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2379 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2380 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 7 | 2381 } |
| 2382 else | |
| 2383 { | |
| 2384 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9 | 2385 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1). |
| 2386 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */ | |
| 2387 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0) | |
| 7 | 2388 { |
| 2389 char_u from[2], *to; | |
| 2390 int l; | |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 from[0] = key_char; | |
| 2393 from[1] = NUL; | |
| 2394 l = 1; | |
| 2395 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l); | |
| 2396 if (to != NULL) | |
| 2397 { | |
| 2398 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++) | |
| 2399 { | |
| 2400 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2401 { | |
| 2402 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2403 string[len++] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2404 } | |
| 2405 else | |
| 2406 string[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2407 } | |
| 2408 vim_free(to); | |
| 2409 } | |
| 2410 else | |
| 2411 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2412 } | |
| 2413 else | |
| 2414 #endif | |
| 2415 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2416 } | |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI) | |
| 2419 { | |
| 2420 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */ | |
| 2421 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2422 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2423 } | |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 add_to_input_buf(string, len); | |
| 2426 } | |
| 168 | 2427 #endif |
| 7 | 2428 |
| 2429 /* | |
| 2430 * Handle MouseClick | |
| 2431 */ | |
| 2432 void | |
| 593 | 2433 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2434 { |
| 2435 short thePart; | |
| 2436 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 2437 | |
| 9 | 2438 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2439 |
| 1106 | 2440 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 2441 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a | |
| 2442 click into the tab pane */ | |
| 2443 if (whichWindow == drawer) | |
| 1562 | 2444 return; |
| 1106 | 2445 #endif |
| 2446 | |
| 7 | 2447 switch (thePart) |
| 2448 { | |
| 2449 case (inDesk): | |
| 2450 /* TODO: what to do? */ | |
| 2451 break; | |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 case (inMenuBar): | |
| 9 | 2454 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where)); |
| 7 | 2455 break; |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 case (inContent): | |
| 9 | 2458 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2459 break; |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 case (inDrag): | |
| 9 | 2462 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2463 break; |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 case (inGrow): | |
| 9 | 2466 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2467 break; |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 case (inGoAway): | |
| 2470 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where)) | |
| 2471 gui_shell_closed(); | |
| 2472 break; | |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 case (inZoomIn): | |
| 2475 case (inZoomOut): | |
| 2476 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow); | |
| 2477 break; | |
| 2478 } | |
| 2479 } | |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 /* | |
| 2482 * Handle MouseMoved | |
| 2483 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region] | |
| 2484 */ | |
| 2485 void | |
| 593 | 2486 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2487 { |
| 2488 Point thePoint; | |
| 2489 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 thePoint = event->where; | |
| 9 | 2492 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2493 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers); |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 if (!Button()) | |
| 9 | 2496 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v); |
| 7 | 2497 else |
| 2498 if (!clickIsPopup) | |
| 2499 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h, | |
| 2500 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); | |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */ | |
| 9 | 2503 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 2504 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 2505 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 2506 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 if (dragRectEnbl) | |
| 2509 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 } | |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 /* | |
| 2514 * Handle the mouse release | |
| 2515 */ | |
| 2516 void | |
| 593 | 2517 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2518 { |
| 2519 Point thePoint; | |
| 2520 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */ | |
| 2523 /* Potential source of the double menu */ | |
| 2524 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when; | |
| 2525 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2526 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2527 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 2528 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2529 |
| 2530 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2531 if (clickIsPopup) | |
| 2532 { | |
| 2533 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2534 clickIsPopup = FALSE; | |
| 2535 } | |
| 9 | 2536 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); |
| 7 | 2537 } |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2540 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2541 void *data) | |
| 2542 { | |
| 2543 Point point; | |
| 2544 Rect bounds; | |
| 2545 UInt32 mod; | |
| 2546 SInt32 delta; | |
| 2547 int_u vim_mod; | |
| 939 | 2548 EventMouseWheelAxis axis; |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis, | |
| 2551 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis) | |
| 2552 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY) | |
| 2553 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */ | |
| 7 | 2554 |
| 2555 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta, | |
| 2556 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta)) | |
| 2557 goto bail; | |
| 2558 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation, | |
| 2559 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point)) | |
| 2560 goto bail; | |
| 2561 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 2562 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod)) | |
| 2563 goto bail; | |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 vim_mod = 0; | |
| 2566 if (mod & shiftKey) | |
| 2567 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 2568 if (mod & controlKey) | |
| 2569 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2570 if (mod & optionKey) | |
| 2571 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds)) | |
| 2574 { | |
| 2575 point.h -= bounds.left; | |
| 2576 point.v -= bounds.top; | |
| 2577 } | |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5, | |
| 2580 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod); | |
| 2581 | |
| 1668 | 2582 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */ |
| 2583 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2584 | |
| 7 | 2585 return noErr; |
| 2586 | |
| 1107 | 2587 bail: |
| 7 | 2588 /* |
| 2589 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform | |
| 2590 * it's actions | |
| 2591 */ | |
| 2592 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2593 } | |
| 2594 | |
|
2565
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2595 void |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2596 gui_mch_mousehide(int hide) |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2597 { |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2598 /* TODO */ |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2599 } |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2600 |
| 7 | 2601 #if 0 |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 /* | |
| 2604 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu | |
| 2605 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get | |
| 2606 * the menu that we should display | |
| 2607 */ | |
| 2608 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
2609 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2610 { |
| 2611 /* | |
| 2612 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 2613 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 2614 * Call the procedure | |
| 2615 */ | |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 // Call to Handle Popup | |
| 2618 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); | |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 if (status != noErr) | |
| 2621 return; | |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 2624 { | |
| 2625 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 2626 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 4352 | 2627 /* But what about the current menu, is the many changed by ContextualMenuSelect */ |
| 9 | 2628 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 2629 } |
| 2630 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 2631 { | |
| 2632 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 2633 } | |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 } | |
| 2636 #endif | |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 /* | |
| 2639 * Handle menubar selection | |
| 2640 */ | |
| 2641 void | |
| 593 | 2642 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice) |
| 7 | 2643 { |
| 2644 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2645 short item = LoWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2646 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu; | |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */ | |
| 2649 { | |
| 2650 if (item == 1) | |
| 2651 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */ | |
| 2652 } | |
| 2653 else if (item != 0) | |
| 2654 { | |
| 2655 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu); | |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 if (theVimMenu) | |
| 2658 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu); | |
| 2659 } | |
| 9 | 2660 HiliteMenu(0); |
| 7 | 2661 } |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 /* | |
| 2664 * Dispatch the event to proper handler | |
| 2665 */ | |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 void | |
| 593 | 2668 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2669 { |
| 2670 OSErr error; | |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */ | |
| 1292 | 2673 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event)) |
| 2674 { | |
| 7 | 2675 # if 0 |
| 1562 | 2676 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event); |
| 7 | 2677 # else |
| 1562 | 2678 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2679 # endif |
| 1562 | 2680 return; |
| 1292 | 2681 } |
| 7 | 2682 |
| 2683 /* Handle normal event */ | |
| 2684 switch (event->what) | |
| 2685 { | |
| 168 | 2686 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 7 | 2687 case (keyDown): |
| 2688 case (autoKey): | |
| 9 | 2689 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2690 break; |
| 168 | 2691 #endif |
| 7 | 2692 case (keyUp): |
| 857 | 2693 /* We don't care about when the key is released */ |
| 7 | 2694 break; |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 case (mouseDown): | |
| 2697 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); | |
| 2698 break; | |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 case (mouseUp): | |
| 2701 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event); | |
| 2702 break; | |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 case (updateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2705 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2706 break; |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 case (diskEvt): | |
| 2709 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */ | |
| 2710 break; | |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 case (activateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2713 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2714 break; |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 case (osEvt): | |
| 2717 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF) | |
| 2718 { | |
| 2719 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2720 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2721 break; |
| 2722 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2723 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2724 break; |
| 2725 } | |
| 2726 break; | |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2729 case (kHighLevelEvent): | |
| 2730 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */ | |
| 2731 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */ | |
| 2732 break; | |
| 2733 #endif | |
| 2734 } | |
| 2735 } | |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 /* | |
| 2738 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2739 * Unknown Stuff | |
| 2740 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2741 */ | |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 2745 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name) |
| 7 | 2746 { |
| 2747 char_u c; | |
| 2748 char_u *p; | |
| 2749 char_u pFontName[256]; | |
| 2750 Str255 systemFontname; | |
| 2751 short font_id; | |
| 2752 short size=9; | |
| 2753 GuiFont font; | |
| 2754 #if 0 | |
| 2755 char_u *fontNamePtr; | |
| 2756 #endif | |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++) | |
| 2759 ; | |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 c = *p; | |
| 2762 *p = 0; | |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 #if 1 | |
| 2765 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name); | |
| 2766 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name); | |
| 2767 *p = c; | |
| 2768 | |
| 168 | 2769 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */ |
| 2770 char_u fontName[256]; | |
| 2771 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':'); | |
| 2772 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName); | |
| 2773 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen); | |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 ATSUFontID fontRef; | |
| 2776 FMFontStyle fontStyle; | |
| 2777 font_id = 0; | |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName, | |
| 2780 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 2781 &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2782 { | |
| 2783 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2784 font_id = 0; | |
| 2785 } | |
| 13 | 2786 |
| 2787 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2788 { | |
| 2789 /* | |
| 2790 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name | |
| 2791 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used | |
| 2792 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't). | |
| 2793 */ | |
| 2794 int i, changed = FALSE; | |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i) | |
| 2797 { | |
| 2798 if (pFontName[i] == '_') | |
| 2799 { | |
| 2800 pFontName[i] = ' '; | |
| 2801 changed = TRUE; | |
| 2802 } | |
| 2803 } | |
| 2804 if (changed) | |
| 168 | 2805 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], |
| 2806 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode, | |
| 2807 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2808 { | |
| 2809 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2810 font_id = 0; | |
| 2811 } | |
| 13 | 2812 } |
| 2813 | |
| 7 | 2814 #else |
| 2815 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */ | |
| 2816 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name); | |
| 2817 | |
| 9 | 2818 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id); |
| 7 | 2819 #endif |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | |
| 2822 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2823 { | |
| 2824 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */ | |
| 2825 | |
| 168 | 2826 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr) |
| 2827 return NOFONT; | |
| 7 | 2828 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false)) |
| 2829 return NOFONT; | |
| 2830 } | |
| 2831 if (*p == ':') | |
| 2832 { | |
| 2833 p++; | |
| 2834 /* Set the values found after ':' */ | |
| 2835 while (*p) | |
| 2836 { | |
| 2837 switch (*p++) | |
| 2838 { | |
| 2839 case 'h': | |
| 2840 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE); | |
| 2841 break; | |
| 2842 /* | |
| 2843 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles | |
| 2844 */ | |
| 2845 } | |
| 2846 while (*p == ':') | |
| 2847 p++; | |
| 2848 } | |
| 2849 } | |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 if (size < 1) | |
| 2852 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */ | |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); | |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 return font; | |
| 2857 } | |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 /* | |
| 2860 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1212 | 2861 * GUI_MCH functionality |
| 7 | 2862 * ------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 2863 */ | |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 /* | |
| 2866 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are | |
| 2867 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called | |
| 2868 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started. | |
| 2869 */ | |
| 2870 void | |
| 593 | 2871 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv) |
| 7 | 2872 { |
| 2873 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 2874 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2875 FSSpec applDir; | |
| 2876 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 2877 short applVRefNum; | |
| 2878 long applDirID; | |
| 2879 Str255 volName; | |
| 2880 # else | |
| 2881 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 2882 FSRef applFSRef; | |
| 2883 # endif | |
| 2884 #endif | |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 #if 0 | |
| 2887 InitCursor(); | |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2892 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 2893 #endif | |
| 2894 | |
| 9 | 2895 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 2900 |
| 2901 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 2905 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 2906 #else |
| 9 | 2907 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 2908 #endif |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass, | |
| 2912 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute, | |
| 9 | 2913 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow); |
| 2914 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 7 | 2915 |
| 2916 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 2917 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 2918 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 2919 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 2920 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 2921 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 2922 | |
| 9 | 2923 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 2924 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 7 | 2925 |
| 2926 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2927 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 2928 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2929 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 2930 #endif | |
| 2931 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2932 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 9 | 2933 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID); |
| 7 | 2934 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */ |
| 9 | 2935 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir); |
| 7 | 2936 # else |
| 2937 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr) | |
| 2938 * of TN2015 | |
| 2939 */ | |
| 9 | 2940 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn); |
| 7 | 2941 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2942 | |
| 9 | 2943 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef); |
| 7 | 2944 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2945 | |
| 9 | 2946 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL); |
| 7 | 2947 |
| 2948 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */ | |
| 2949 # endif | |
| 9 | 2950 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir); |
| 7 | 2951 #endif |
| 2952 } | |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI | |
| 2955 /* | |
| 2956 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced. | |
| 2957 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 2958 */ | |
| 2959 int | |
| 2960 gui_mch_init_check(void) | |
| 2961 { | |
| 2962 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in | |
| 2963 * using the >console | |
| 2964 */ | |
| 2965 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */ | |
| 2966 return FAIL; | |
| 2967 return OK; | |
| 2968 } | |
| 2969 #endif | |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 static OSErr | |
| 1107 | 2972 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag) |
| 7 | 2973 { |
| 2974 int x, y; | |
| 2975 int_u modifiers; | |
| 2976 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 2977 int count; | |
| 2978 int i, j; | |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */ | |
| 2981 { | |
| 2982 Point point; | |
| 2983 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers; | |
| 2984 UInt16 countItem; | |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL); | |
| 2987 GlobalToLocal(&point); | |
| 2988 x = point.h; | |
| 2989 y = point.v; | |
| 2990 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2991 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2992 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem); | |
| 2993 count = countItem; | |
| 2994 } | |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 2997 if (fnames == NULL) | |
| 2998 return dragNotAcceptedErr; | |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 /* Get file names dropped */ | |
| 3001 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 3002 { | |
| 3003 DragItemRef item; | |
| 3004 OSErr err; | |
| 3005 Size size; | |
| 3006 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS; | |
| 3007 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor; | |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 fnames[i] = NULL; | |
| 3010 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item); | |
| 3011 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size); | |
| 3012 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor)) | |
| 3013 continue; | |
| 3014 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0); | |
| 3015 if (err != noErr) | |
| 3016 continue; | |
| 3017 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec); | |
| 3018 } | |
| 3019 count = j; | |
| 3020 | |
| 3021 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count); | |
| 37 | 3022 |
| 3023 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ | |
| 3024 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 3025 | |
| 7 | 3026 return noErr; |
| 3027 } | |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 /* | |
| 3030 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs | |
| 3031 * etc. | |
| 3032 */ | |
| 3033 int | |
| 593 | 3034 gui_mch_init(void) |
| 7 | 3035 { |
| 3036 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 1565 | 3037 Rect windRect; |
| 3038 MenuHandle pomme; | |
| 7 | 3039 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef; |
| 1562 | 3040 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec; |
| 1565 | 3041 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 168 | 3042 |
| 3043 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr) | |
| 593 | 3044 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */ |
| 168 | 3045 |
| 7 | 3046 #if 1 |
| 3047 InitCursor(); | |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 3052 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 3053 #endif | |
| 3054 | |
| 9 | 3055 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 3060 |
| 3061 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 3065 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 3066 #else |
| 9 | 3067 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 3068 #endif |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, | |
| 3071 zoomDocProc, | |
| 3072 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0); | |
| 1292 | 3073 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); |
| 7 | 3074 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler, |
| 3075 gui.VimWindow, NULL); | |
| 9 | 3076 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 3077 |
| 3078 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 3079 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 3080 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 3081 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 3082 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 3083 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 3084 | |
| 9 | 3085 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 3086 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 593 | 3087 |
| 13 | 3088 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */ |
| 3089 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler(); | |
| 7 | 3090 |
| 3091 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 3092 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 3093 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 3094 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 3095 #endif | |
| 3096 /* Display any pending error messages */ | |
| 3097 display_errors(); | |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */ | |
| 1212 | 3100 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */ |
| 7 | 3101 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000; |
| 3102 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF; | |
| 3103 | |
| 3104 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc | |
| 3105 * file). */ | |
| 3106 set_normal_colors(); | |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 /* | |
| 3109 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color. | |
| 3110 * Then store the current values as the defaults. | |
| 3111 */ | |
| 3112 gui_check_colors(); | |
| 3113 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 3114 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have | |
| 3117 * changed them) */ | |
| 3118 highlight_gui_started(); | |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 /* | |
| 3121 * Setting the gui constants | |
| 3122 */ | |
| 3123 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3124 gui.menu_height = 0; | |
| 3125 #endif | |
| 3126 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */ | |
| 3127 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2; | |
| 3128 | |
| 1212 | 3129 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see |
| 7 | 3130 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */ |
| 3131 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1"); | |
| 593 | 3132 |
| 7 | 3133 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse; |
| 3134 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved; | |
| 3135 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel); | |
| 3136 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1, | |
| 3137 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef)) | |
| 3138 { | |
| 3139 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL; | |
| 3140 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3141 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3142 } | |
| 3143 | |
| 168 | 3144 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 3145 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument }; |
| 3146 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0); | |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 /* We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default */ | |
| 3149 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE); | |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 /* Should we activate the document by default? */ | |
| 3152 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3155 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea }, | |
| 3156 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent }, | |
| 3157 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset }, | |
| 3158 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos }, | |
| 3159 }; | |
| 3160 | |
| 3161 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input); | |
| 3162 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3163 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes), | |
| 3164 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3165 { | |
| 168 | 3166 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); |
| 3167 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3168 } | |
| 1562 | 3169 |
| 3170 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3171 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated }, | |
| 3172 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated }, | |
| 3173 }; | |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 /* Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and | |
| 3176 * deactivate */ | |
| 3177 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate); | |
| 3178 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow, | |
| 3179 winEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3180 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes), | |
| 3181 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3182 { | |
| 3183 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3184 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3185 } | |
| 168 | 3186 #endif |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 /* | |
| 7 | 3189 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 168 | 3190 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0); |
| 3191 #endif | |
| 3192 */ | |
| 7 | 3193 |
| 1106 | 3194 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 3195 /* | |
| 3196 * Create the tabline | |
| 3197 */ | |
| 3198 initialise_tabline(); | |
| 3199 #endif | |
| 3200 | |
| 7 | 3201 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */ |
| 3202 return OK; | |
| 3203 } | |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 /* | |
| 3206 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed. | |
| 3207 */ | |
| 3208 void | |
| 593 | 3209 gui_mch_new_colors(void) |
| 7 | 3210 { |
| 3211 /* TODO: | |
| 3212 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value | |
| 3210 | 3213 * so what must be done? I don't know |
| 7 | 3214 */ |
| 3215 } | |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 /* | |
| 3218 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init(). | |
| 3219 */ | |
| 3220 int | |
| 593 | 3221 gui_mch_open(void) |
| 7 | 3222 { |
| 3223 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1) | |
| 3226 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y); | |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 /* | |
| 3229 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched | |
| 3230 * from the Terminal or via :gui). | |
| 3231 */ | |
| 3232 { | |
| 3233 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 3234 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr) | |
| 3235 SetFrontProcess(&psn); | |
| 3236 } | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 return OK; | |
| 3239 } | |
| 3240 | |
| 1562 | 3241 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3242 static void | |
| 3243 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3244 { | |
| 3245 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) | |
| 3246 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3247 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3248 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle) | |
| 3249 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3250 #endif | |
| 3251 } | |
| 3252 #endif | |
| 3253 | |
| 7 | 3254 void |
| 3255 gui_mch_exit(int rc) | |
| 3256 { | |
| 3257 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */ | |
| 3258 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn); | |
| 3259 | |
| 168 | 3260 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 3261 if (keyEventHandlerUPP) | |
| 3262 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3263 #endif | |
| 3264 | |
| 7 | 3265 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL) |
| 3266 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3267 | |
| 168 | 3268 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3269 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); |
| 3270 #endif | |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 3273 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3274 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3275 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 168 | 3276 #endif |
| 3277 | |
| 7 | 3278 /* Exit to shell? */ |
| 3279 exit(rc); | |
| 3280 } | |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 /* | |
| 3283 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window. | |
| 3284 */ | |
| 3285 int | |
| 3286 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y) | |
| 3287 { | |
| 3288 /* TODO */ | |
| 3289 Rect bounds; | |
| 3290 OSStatus status; | |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */ | |
| 9 | 3293 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds); |
| 7 | 3294 |
| 3295 if (status != noErr) | |
| 3296 return FAIL; | |
| 3297 *x = bounds.left; | |
| 3298 *y = bounds.top; | |
| 3299 return OK; | |
| 3300 } | |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 /* | |
| 3303 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given | |
| 3304 * coordinates. | |
| 3305 */ | |
| 3306 void | |
| 3307 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y) | |
| 3308 { | |
| 3309 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range | |
| 3310 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width | |
| 3311 */ | |
| 1377 | 3312 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y); |
| 7 | 3313 } |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 void | |
| 3316 gui_mch_set_shellsize( | |
| 3317 int width, | |
| 3318 int height, | |
| 3319 int min_width, | |
| 3320 int min_height, | |
| 3321 int base_width, | |
| 812 | 3322 int base_height, |
| 3323 int direction) | |
| 7 | 3324 { |
| 3325 CGrafPtr VimPort; | |
| 3326 Rect VimBound; | |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 3329 { | |
| 9 | 3330 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3331 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3332 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/ |
| 9 | 3333 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3334 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/ |
| 3335 } | |
| 3336 else | |
| 3337 { | |
| 9 | 3338 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3339 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3340 VimBound.left = 0; |
| 9 | 3341 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3342 } |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE); | |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 gui_resize_shell(width, height); | |
| 3347 } | |
| 3348 | |
| 3349 /* | |
| 3350 * Get the screen dimensions. | |
| 3351 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders. | |
| 3352 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are? | |
| 1212 | 3353 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume. |
| 7 | 3354 */ |
| 3355 void | |
| 593 | 3356 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h) |
| 7 | 3357 { |
| 3358 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice(); | |
| 3359 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect; | |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10; | |
| 3362 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40; | |
| 3363 } | |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 | |
| 13 | 3366 /* |
| 3367 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and | |
| 3368 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with | |
| 3369 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle, | |
| 3370 * or NOFONT in case of an error. | |
| 3371 */ | |
| 3372 static GuiFont | |
| 3373 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name) | |
| 3374 { | |
| 3375 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT; | |
| 3376 OSStatus status; | |
| 3377 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font; | |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */ | |
| 3380 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3381 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16); | |
| 3382 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */ | |
| 3383 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0; | |
| 3384 curr_font.hasColor = false; | |
| 3385 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */ | |
| 3386 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType, | |
| 3387 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL); | |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily; | |
| 3390 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle; | |
| 3391 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size; | |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */ | |
| 3394 status = FPShowHideFontPanel(); | |
| 3395 if (status == noErr) | |
| 3396 { | |
| 3397 /* | |
| 3398 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal, | |
| 3399 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed. | |
| 3400 */ | |
| 3401 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true; | |
| 3402 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible) | |
| 3403 { | |
| 3404 EventRecord e; | |
| 3405 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL); | |
| 3406 } | |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name); | |
| 3409 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); | |
| 3410 } | |
| 3411 return selected_font; | |
| 3412 } | |
| 3413 | |
| 1562 | 3414 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3415 static void | |
| 3416 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3417 { | |
| 3418 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3419 { | |
| 3420 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3421 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3422 } | |
| 3423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3424 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3425 { | |
| 3426 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3427 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3428 } | |
| 3429 #endif | |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui; | |
| 3432 } | |
| 3433 #endif | |
| 7 | 3434 |
| 3435 /* | |
| 3436 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font | |
| 3437 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise. | |
| 3438 */ | |
| 3439 int | |
| 593 | 3440 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset) |
| 7 | 3441 { |
| 3442 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */ | |
| 3443 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco"; | |
| 170 | 3444 int suggestedSize = 10; |
| 7 | 3445 FontInfo font_info; |
| 3446 short font_id; | |
| 3447 GuiFont font; | |
| 37 | 3448 char_u used_font_name[512]; |
| 7 | 3449 |
| 168 | 3450 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3451 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); |
| 168 | 3452 #endif |
| 3453 | |
| 7 | 3454 if (font_name == NULL) |
| 3455 { | |
| 3456 /* First try to get the suggested font */ | |
| 3457 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id); | |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 3460 { | |
| 3461 /* Then pickup the standard application font */ | |
| 3462 font_id = GetAppFont(); | |
| 37 | 3463 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default"); |
| 7 | 3464 } |
| 37 | 3465 else |
| 3466 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco"); | |
| 7 | 3467 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); |
| 3468 } | |
| 13 | 3469 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0) |
| 3470 { | |
| 37 | 3471 char_u *new_p_guifont; |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name); | |
| 13 | 3474 if (font == NOFONT) |
| 3475 return FAIL; | |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */ | |
| 37 | 3478 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1); |
| 13 | 3479 if (new_p_guifont != NULL) |
| 3480 { | |
| 37 | 3481 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name); |
| 13 | 3482 vim_free(p_guifont); |
| 3483 p_guifont = new_p_guifont; | |
| 3484 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */ | |
| 3485 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont) | |
| 3486 { | |
| 3487 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ') | |
| 3488 *new_p_guifont = '_'; | |
| 3489 } | |
| 3490 } | |
| 3491 } | |
| 7 | 3492 else |
| 3493 { | |
| 9 | 3494 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); |
| 418 | 3495 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1); |
| 7 | 3496 |
| 3497 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3498 return FAIL; | |
| 3499 } | |
| 37 | 3500 |
| 7 | 3501 gui.norm_font = font; |
| 3502 | |
| 37 | 3503 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name); |
| 3504 | |
| 9 | 3505 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3506 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3507 | |
| 189 | 3508 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent; | |
| 3511 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_'); | |
| 3512 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; | |
| 3513 | |
| 168 | 3514 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 842 | 3515 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 1562 | 3516 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3517 #endif |
| 3518 | |
| 7 | 3519 return OK; |
| 3520 } | |
| 3521 | |
| 444 | 3522 /* |
| 3523 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed). | |
| 3524 */ | |
| 7 | 3525 int |
| 593 | 3526 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void) |
| 7 | 3527 { |
| 3528 FontInfo font_info; | |
| 3529 | |
| 9 | 3530 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 7 | 3531 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; |
| 3532 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2; | |
| 3533 return OK; | |
| 3534 } | |
| 3535 | |
| 3536 /* | |
| 3537 * Get a font structure for highlighting. | |
| 3538 */ | |
| 3539 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 3540 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing) |
| 7 | 3541 { |
| 3542 GuiFont font; | |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 font = gui_mac_find_font(name); | |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3547 { | |
| 3548 if (giveErrorIfMissing) | |
| 3549 EMSG2(_(e_font), name); | |
| 3550 return NOFONT; | |
| 3551 } | |
| 3552 /* | |
| 3553 * TODO : Accept only monospace | |
| 3554 */ | |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 return font; | |
| 3557 } | |
| 3558 | |
| 44 | 3559 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3560 /* |
| 37 | 3561 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory. |
| 3562 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name. | |
| 3563 */ | |
| 3564 char_u * | |
| 593 | 3565 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name) |
| 37 | 3566 { |
| 3567 if (name == NULL) | |
| 3568 return NULL; | |
| 3569 return vim_strsave(name); | |
| 3570 } | |
| 44 | 3571 #endif |
| 37 | 3572 |
| 1562 | 3573 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3574 static void | |
| 3575 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font) | |
| 3576 { | |
| 3577 ATSUFontID fontID; | |
| 3578 Fixed fontSize; | |
| 3579 Fixed fontWidth; | |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 fontID = font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3582 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16); | |
| 3583 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width); | |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = | |
| 3586 { | |
| 3587 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag, | |
| 3588 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1 | |
| 3589 }; | |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 ByteCount attribSizes[] = | |
| 3592 { | |
| 3593 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth), | |
| 3594 sizeof(font) | |
| 3595 }; | |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = | |
| 3598 { | |
| 3599 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font | |
| 3600 }; | |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3603 { | |
| 3604 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, | |
| 3605 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3606 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3607 { | |
| 3608 # ifndef NDEBUG | |
| 3609 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n"); | |
| 3610 # endif | |
| 3611 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3612 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3613 } | |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3616 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3617 { | |
| 3618 /* FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support | |
| 3619 * wide font drawing */ | |
| 3620 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2); | |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, | |
| 3623 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3624 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3625 { | |
| 3626 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3627 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3628 } | |
| 3629 } | |
| 3630 #endif | |
| 3631 } | |
| 3632 } | |
| 3633 #endif | |
| 3634 | |
| 37 | 3635 /* |
| 7 | 3636 * Set the current text font. |
| 3637 */ | |
| 3638 void | |
| 593 | 3639 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3640 { |
| 168 | 3641 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3642 GuiFont currFont; | |
| 3643 ByteCount actualFontByteCount; | |
| 3644 | |
| 842 | 3645 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 168 | 3646 { |
| 3647 /* Avoid setting same font again */ | |
| 1562 | 3648 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1, |
| 3649 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr | |
| 3650 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font)) | |
| 168 | 3651 { |
| 3652 if (currFont == font) | |
| 3653 return; | |
| 3654 } | |
| 3655 | |
| 1562 | 3656 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3657 } |
| 3658 | |
| 842 | 3659 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet) |
| 168 | 3660 { |
| 3661 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide | |
| 3662 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */ | |
| 3663 /* | |
| 3664 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag }; | |
| 3665 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) }; | |
| 3666 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks); | |
| 3667 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, ); | |
| 3668 */ | |
| 3669 if (gui.wide_font) | |
| 3670 { | |
| 3671 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts; | |
| 3672 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE; | |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance( | |
| 3675 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF), | |
| 3676 0, | |
| 3677 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3678 NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3679 { | |
| 1562 | 3680 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), |
| 3681 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3682 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred); | |
| 168 | 3683 } |
| 3684 /* | |
| 3685 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { }; | |
| 3686 */ | |
| 3687 } | |
| 3688 } | |
| 3689 #endif | |
| 7 | 3690 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3691 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3692 } | |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 /* | |
| 3695 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure. | |
| 3696 */ | |
| 3697 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
3698 gui_mch_free_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3699 { |
| 3700 /* | |
| 3701 * Free font when "font" is not 0. | |
| 3702 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since | |
| 3703 * nothing is allocated for each font used. | |
| 3704 */ | |
| 3705 } | |
| 3706 | |
| 3707 /* | |
| 3708 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was | |
| 3709 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif | |
| 3710 * Programmer's Guide. | |
| 3711 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed. | |
| 3712 */ | |
| 3713 guicolor_T | |
| 593 | 3714 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 3715 { |
| 3716 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8 | |
| 3717 */ | |
| 3718 RGBColor MacColor; | |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3719 |
|
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3720 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0) |
| 7 | 3721 { |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3722 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor); |
|
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3723 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8)); |
| 7 | 3724 } |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3725 return gui_get_color_cmn(name); |
| 7 | 3726 } |
| 3727 | |
|
11745
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3728 guicolor_T |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3729 gui_mch_get_rgb_color(int r, int g, int b) |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3730 { |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3731 return gui_get_rgb_color_cmn(r, g, b); |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3732 } |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3733 |
| 7 | 3734 /* |
| 3735 * Set the current text foreground color. | |
| 3736 */ | |
| 3737 void | |
| 593 | 3738 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3739 { |
| 3740 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3743 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3744 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3745 | |
| 9 | 3746 RGBForeColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3747 } |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 /* | |
| 3750 * Set the current text background color. | |
| 3751 */ | |
| 3752 void | |
| 593 | 3753 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3754 { |
| 3755 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3758 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3759 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3760 | |
| 9 | 3761 RGBBackColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3762 } |
| 3763 | |
| 563 | 3764 RGBColor specialColor; |
| 3765 | |
| 212 | 3766 /* |
| 563 | 3767 * Set the current text special color. |
| 212 | 3768 */ |
| 3769 void | |
| 593 | 3770 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 212 | 3771 { |
| 563 | 3772 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; |
| 3773 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3774 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3775 } | |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 /* | |
| 3778 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell. | |
| 3779 */ | |
| 3780 static void | |
| 3781 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells) | |
| 3782 { | |
| 856 | 3783 int x; |
| 3784 int offset; | |
| 3785 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 }; | |
| 3786 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1; | |
| 563 | 3787 |
| 3788 RGBForeColor(&specialColor); | |
| 3789 | |
| 3790 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8]; | |
| 3791 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset); | |
| 3792 | |
| 593 | 3793 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x) |
| 563 | 3794 { |
| 593 | 3795 offset = val[x % 8]; |
| 3796 LineTo(x, y - offset); | |
| 563 | 3797 } |
| 212 | 3798 } |
| 3799 | |
| 593 | 3800 |
| 3801 static void | |
| 3802 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 7 | 3803 { |
| 3804 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3805 char_u *tofree = NULL; | |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 3808 { | |
| 3809 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len); | |
| 3810 if (tofree != NULL) | |
| 3811 s = tofree; | |
| 3812 } | |
| 3813 #endif | |
| 593 | 3814 |
| 7 | 3815 /* |
| 3816 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing. | |
| 3817 */ | |
| 189 | 3818 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) |
| 7 | 3819 { |
| 3820 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */ | |
| 3821 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ? | |
| 3822 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0); | |
| 168 | 3823 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags); |
| 7 | 3824 } |
| 3825 | |
| 36 | 3826 /* |
| 3827 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3828 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3829 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3830 * underlining. | |
| 3831 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3832 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3833 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3834 */ | |
| 189 | 3835 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0) |
| 36 | 3836 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP)) |
| 3837 { | |
| 3838 Rect rc; | |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3841 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 168 | 3842 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3843 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 3844 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3845 { | |
| 3846 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3847 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 168 | 3848 } |
| 3849 else | |
| 3850 #endif | |
| 36 | 3851 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); |
| 3852 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 3853 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3854 } | |
| 3855 | |
| 189 | 3856 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) |
| 7 | 3857 { |
| 3858 StyleParameter face; | |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 face = normal; | |
| 3861 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3862 face |= bold; | |
| 3863 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 3864 face |= underline; | |
| 3865 TextFace(face); | |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */ | |
| 3868 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 3871 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len); | |
| 3872 } | |
| 3873 else | |
| 3874 { | |
| 3875 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */ | |
| 9 | 3876 TextMode(srcCopy); |
| 3877 TextFace(normal); | |
| 7 | 3878 |
| 3879 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ | |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) | |
| 3882 { | |
| 9 | 3883 TextMode(srcOr); |
| 7 | 3884 } |
| 3885 | |
| 9 | 3886 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); |
| 593 | 3887 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3890 { | |
| 3891 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3892 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 3893 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); | |
| 3894 } | |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 3897 { | |
| 3898 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 3899 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 3900 } | |
|
12317
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3901 if (flags & DRAW_STRIKE) |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3902 { |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3903 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3904 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3905 } |
| 593 | 3906 } |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) | |
| 3909 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3912 vim_free(tofree); | |
| 3913 #endif | |
| 3914 } | |
| 3915 | |
| 842 | 3916 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 593 | 3917 |
| 3918 static void | |
| 3919 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 3920 { | |
| 3921 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */ | |
| 3922 UniCharCount utf16_len; | |
| 3923 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len); | |
| 3924 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar); | |
| 3925 | |
| 3926 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone) | |
| 3927 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */ | |
| 1562 | 3928 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG |
| 3929 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n", | |
| 3930 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' '); | |
| 3931 #endif | |
| 593 | 3932 /* |
| 3933 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3934 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3935 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3936 * underlining. | |
| 3937 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3938 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3939 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3940 */ | |
| 3941 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0) | |
| 3942 { | |
| 3943 Rect rc; | |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3946 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 3947 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 3948 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3949 { | |
| 3950 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3951 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 593 | 3952 } |
| 3953 else | |
| 3954 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); | |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 3957 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3958 } | |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 { | |
| 3961 TextMode(srcCopy); | |
| 3962 TextFace(normal); | |
| 3963 | |
| 1562 | 3964 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ |
| 593 | 3965 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) |
| 3966 { | |
| 3967 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3968 } | |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 1562 | 3971 |
| 3972 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3973 { | |
| 3974 Boolean attValue = true; | |
| 3975 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 3976 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 3977 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues); | |
| 3980 } | |
| 3981 | |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3982 UInt32 useAntialias = p_antialias ? kATSStyleApplyAntiAliasing |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3983 : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3984 if (useAntialias != useAntialias_cached) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3985 { |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3986 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3987 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(UInt32) }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3988 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &useAntialias }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3989 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3990 if (gFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3991 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3992 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3993 if (gWideFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3994 ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3995 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3996 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3997 useAntialias_cached = useAntialias; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3998 } |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3999 |
| 1562 | 4000 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4001 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 168 | 4002 { |
| 1562 | 4003 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell; |
| 4004 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0; | |
| 4005 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 4006 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4007 ATSUStyle textStyle; | |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 last_width_in_cell = 1; | |
| 4010 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout); | |
| 4011 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree, | |
| 4012 kATSUFromTextBeginning, | |
| 4013 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len); | |
| 4014 /* | |
| 4015 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle, | |
| 4016 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */ | |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
| 4019 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n])) | |
| 4020 { | |
| 4021 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n); | |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 /* probably we are switching from single byte character | |
| 4024 * to multibyte characters (which requires more than one | |
| 4025 * cell to draw) */ | |
| 4026 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell) | |
| 4027 { | |
| 4028 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4029 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4030 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4031 #endif | |
| 4032 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle | |
| 4033 : gFontStyle; | |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4036 offset += yet_to_draw; | |
| 4037 yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 4038 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell; | |
| 4039 } | |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 yet_to_draw++; | |
| 4042 } | |
| 4043 | |
| 4044 if (yet_to_draw) | |
| 4045 { | |
| 4046 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4047 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4048 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4049 #endif | |
| 4050 /* finish the rest style */ | |
| 4051 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle; | |
| 4052 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd); | |
| 4053 } | |
| 4054 | |
| 168 | 4055 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); |
| 4056 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 1562 | 4057 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, |
| 4058 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 168 | 4059 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); |
| 4060 } | |
| 1562 | 4061 else |
| 4062 #endif | |
| 4063 { | |
| 4064 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree, | |
| 4067 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4068 utf16_len, | |
| 4069 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len, | |
| 4070 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL), | |
| 4071 &textLayout) == noErr) | |
| 4072 { | |
| 4073 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); | |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 4076 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4077 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); | |
| 4080 } | |
| 4081 } | |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 /* drawing is done, now reset bold to normal */ | |
| 4084 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4085 { | |
| 4086 Boolean attValue = false; | |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 4089 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 4090 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, | |
| 4093 attribValues); | |
| 4094 } | |
| 7 | 4095 } |
| 4096 | |
| 563 | 4097 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) |
| 4098 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 4099 | |
| 7 | 4100 vim_free(tofree); |
| 593 | 4101 } |
| 4102 #endif | |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 void | |
| 4105 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 4106 { | |
| 4107 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING) | |
| 1562 | 4108 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0) |
| 4109 /* switch from macatsui to nomacatsui */ | |
| 4110 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); | |
| 4111 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0) | |
| 4112 /* switch from nomacatsui to macatsui */ | |
| 4113 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); | |
| 4114 | |
| 842 | 4115 if (p_macatsui) |
| 4116 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags); | |
| 4117 else | |
| 7 | 4118 #endif |
| 842 | 4119 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags); |
| 7 | 4120 } |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 /* | |
| 4123 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported. | |
| 4124 */ | |
| 4125 int | |
| 593 | 4126 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 4127 { |
| 4128 int i; | |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 4131 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 && | |
| 4132 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1) | |
| 4133 return OK; | |
| 4134 return FAIL; | |
| 4135 } | |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 void | |
| 593 | 4138 gui_mch_beep(void) |
| 7 | 4139 { |
| 9 | 4140 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */ |
| 7 | 4141 } |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 void | |
| 593 | 4144 gui_mch_flash(int msec) |
| 7 | 4145 { |
| 4146 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */ | |
| 4147 Rect rc; | |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 /* | |
| 4150 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4151 */ | |
| 4152 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4153 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4154 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width; | |
| 4155 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height; | |
| 4156 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */ | |
| 4159 | |
| 4160 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4161 } | |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 /* | |
| 4164 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns. | |
| 4165 */ | |
| 4166 void | |
| 593 | 4167 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc) |
| 7 | 4168 { |
| 4169 Rect rc; | |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 /* | |
| 4172 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4173 */ | |
| 4174 rc.left = FILL_X(c); | |
| 4175 rc.top = FILL_Y(r); | |
| 4176 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width; | |
| 4177 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height; | |
| 4178 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4179 } | |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 /* | |
| 4182 * Iconify the GUI window. | |
| 4183 */ | |
| 4184 void | |
| 593 | 4185 gui_mch_iconify(void) |
| 7 | 4186 { |
| 4187 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify | |
| 4188 * -window shade? | |
| 4189 * -hide application? | |
| 4190 */ | |
| 4191 } | |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4194 /* | |
| 4195 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground. | |
| 4196 */ | |
| 4197 void | |
| 593 | 4198 gui_mch_set_foreground(void) |
| 7 | 4199 { |
| 4200 /* TODO */ | |
| 4201 } | |
| 4202 #endif | |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 /* | |
| 4205 * Draw a cursor without focus. | |
| 4206 */ | |
| 4207 void | |
| 593 | 4208 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4209 { |
| 4210 Rect rc; | |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 /* | |
| 4213 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4214 */ | |
| 4215 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4216 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row); | |
| 4217 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width; | |
| 168 | 4218 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4219 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col)) | |
| 4220 rc.right += gui.char_width; | |
| 4221 #endif | |
| 7 | 4222 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height; |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4225 | |
| 9 | 4226 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4227 } |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 /* | |
| 4230 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high. | |
| 4231 */ | |
| 4232 void | |
| 593 | 4233 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4234 { |
| 4235 Rect rc; | |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4238 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */ | |
| 4239 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT) | |
| 4240 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w; | |
| 4241 else | |
| 4242 #endif | |
| 4243 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4244 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h; | |
| 4245 rc.right = rc.left + w; | |
| 4246 rc.bottom = rc.top + h; | |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4249 | |
| 168 | 4250 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 4251 // PaintRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 4252 } |
| 4253 | |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 /* | |
| 4257 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the | |
| 4258 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is | |
| 4259 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return | |
| 4260 * immediately. | |
| 4261 */ | |
| 4262 void | |
| 593 | 4263 gui_mch_update(void) |
| 7 | 4264 { |
| 4265 /* TODO: find what to do | |
| 4266 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0) | |
| 4267 * more like look at EventQueue then | |
| 4268 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars; | |
| 4269 * | |
| 4270 * if (eventther) | |
| 4271 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event); | |
| 4272 */ | |
| 4273 EventRecord theEvent; | |
| 4274 | |
| 9 | 4275 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent)) |
| 7 | 4276 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent) |
| 4277 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0); | |
| 4278 } | |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 /* | |
| 4281 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time | |
| 4282 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling. | |
| 4283 */ | |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 pascal | |
| 4286 Boolean | |
| 9 | 4287 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn) |
| 7 | 4288 { |
| 4289 if (((long) sleep) < -1) | |
| 4290 sleep = 32767; | |
| 4291 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn); | |
| 4292 } | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 /* | |
| 4295 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character | |
| 4296 * from the keyboard. | |
| 4297 * wtime == -1 Wait forever. | |
| 4298 * wtime == 0 This should never happen. | |
| 4299 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character. | |
| 4300 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time, | |
| 4301 * or FAIL otherwise. | |
| 4302 */ | |
| 4303 int | |
| 593 | 4304 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime) |
| 7 | 4305 { |
| 4306 EventMask mask = (everyEvent); | |
| 4307 EventRecord event; | |
| 4308 long entryTick; | |
| 4309 long currentTick; | |
| 4310 long sleeppyTick; | |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar, | |
| 4313 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else | |
| 4314 * there won't be any life feedback. | |
| 4315 */ | |
| 4316 if (dragged_sb != NULL) | |
| 4317 return FAIL; | |
| 4318 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */ | |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 entryTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4321 | |
| 4322 allow_scrollbar = TRUE; | |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 do | |
| 4325 { | |
| 4326 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty) | |
| 4327 { | |
| 4328 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 4329 dragRectControl = kNothing; | |
| 4330 } | |
| 4331 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect) | |
| 4332 { | |
| 4333 dragRgn = cursorRgn; | |
| 9 | 4334 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect); |
| 7 | 4335 dragRectControl = kNothing; |
| 4336 } | |
| 4337 /* | |
| 4338 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a | |
| 4339 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an | |
| 4340 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are | |
| 4341 * returning as soon as it contains a single char. | |
| 4342 */ | |
| 2585 | 4343 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordingly??? */ |
| 7 | 4344 if (wtime > -1) |
| 1562 | 4345 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000; |
| 7 | 4346 else |
| 4347 sleeppyTick = 32767; | |
| 1562 | 4348 |
| 9 | 4349 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn)) |
| 7 | 4350 { |
| 1562 | 4351 gui_mac_handle_event(&event); |
| 7 | 4352 if (input_available()) |
| 4353 { | |
| 4354 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4355 return OK; | |
| 4356 } | |
| 4357 } | |
| 4358 currentTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4359 } | |
| 4360 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000)); | |
| 4361 | |
| 4362 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4363 return FAIL; | |
| 4364 } | |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 /* | |
| 4367 * Output routines. | |
| 4368 */ | |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 /* Flush any output to the screen */ | |
| 4371 void | |
| 593 | 4372 gui_mch_flush(void) |
| 7 | 4373 { |
| 4374 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */ | |
| 4375 } | |
| 4376 | |
| 4377 /* | |
| 4378 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to | |
| 4379 * (row2, col2) inclusive. | |
| 4380 */ | |
| 4381 void | |
| 593 | 4382 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2) |
| 7 | 4383 { |
| 4384 Rect rc; | |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 /* | |
| 4387 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have | |
| 4388 * spilled over to the next column. | |
| 4389 */ | |
| 4390 rc.left = FILL_X(col1); | |
| 4391 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1); | |
| 4392 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1); | |
| 4393 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1); | |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4396 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4397 } |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 /* | |
| 4400 * Clear the whole text window. | |
| 4401 */ | |
| 4402 void | |
| 593 | 4403 gui_mch_clear_all(void) |
| 7 | 4404 { |
| 4405 Rect rc; | |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4408 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4409 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4410 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4413 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 4414 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel); | |
| 4415 FrameRect(&rc); | |
| 4416 */ | |
| 4417 } | |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 /* | |
| 4420 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any | |
| 4421 * text further down within the scroll region. | |
| 4422 */ | |
| 4423 void | |
| 593 | 4424 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4425 { |
| 4426 Rect rc; | |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 /* changed without checking! */ | |
| 4429 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4430 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4431 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4432 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4433 | |
| 4434 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4435 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4436 |
| 4437 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1, | |
| 4438 gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4439 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4440 } | |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 /* | |
| 4443 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any | |
| 4444 * following text within the scroll region. | |
| 4445 */ | |
| 4446 void | |
| 593 | 4447 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4448 { |
| 4449 Rect rc; | |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4452 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4453 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4454 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4457 | |
| 9 | 4458 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4459 |
| 4460 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */ | |
| 4461 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row | |
| 4462 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left | |
| 4463 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right) | |
| 4464 { | |
| 4465 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines) | |
| 4466 gui.cursor_row += num_lines; | |
| 4467 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 4468 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 4469 } | |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4472 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4473 } | |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 /* | |
| 4476 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember | |
| 4477 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE | |
| 4478 */ | |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 void | |
| 593 | 4481 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4482 { |
| 4483 | |
| 4484 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 19 | 4485 int flavor = 0; |
| 7 | 4486 Size scrapSize; |
| 4487 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags; | |
| 4488 ScrapRef scrap = nil; | |
| 4489 OSStatus error; | |
| 4490 int type; | |
| 4491 char *searchCR; | |
| 4492 char_u *tempclip; | |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | |
| 9 | 4495 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 7 | 4496 if (error != noErr) |
| 4497 return; | |
| 4498 | |
| 9 | 4499 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 4500 if (error == noErr) | |
| 4501 { | |
| 4502 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize); | |
| 4503 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1) | |
| 4504 flavor = 1; | |
| 4505 } | |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 if (flavor == 0) | |
| 4508 { | |
| 838 | 4509 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 9 | 4510 if (error != noErr) |
| 4511 return; | |
| 4512 | |
| 838 | 4513 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4514 if (error != noErr) |
| 4515 return; | |
| 4516 } | |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 ReserveMem(scrapSize); | |
| 593 | 4519 |
| 838 | 4520 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */ |
| 4521 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize); | |
| 4522 | |
| 4523 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */ | |
| 4524 HLock(textOfClip); | |
| 4525 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap, | |
| 4526 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, | |
| 4527 &scrapSize, *textOfClip); | |
| 4528 scrapSize -= flavor; | |
| 4529 | |
| 4530 if (flavor) | |
| 4531 type = **textOfClip; | |
| 4532 else | |
| 2896 | 4533 type = MAUTO; |
| 838 | 4534 |
| 4535 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE); | |
| 4536 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize); | |
| 4537 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0; | |
| 7 | 4538 |
| 766 | 4539 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 838 | 4540 { |
| 168 | 4541 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */ |
| 4542 size_t encLen = 0; | |
| 4543 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen); | |
| 838 | 4544 |
| 4545 if (to != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4546 { |
| 168 | 4547 scrapSize = encLen; |
| 4548 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4549 tempclip = to; | |
| 7 | 4550 } |
| 838 | 4551 } |
| 7 | 4552 #endif |
| 502 | 4553 |
| 838 | 4554 searchCR = (char *)tempclip; |
| 4555 while (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4556 { | |
| 4557 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r'); | |
| 4558 if (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4559 *searchCR = '\n'; | |
| 7 | 4560 } |
| 838 | 4561 |
| 4562 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd); | |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4565 HUnlock(textOfClip); | |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4568 } |
| 4569 | |
| 4570 void | |
| 593 | 4571 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4572 { |
| 4573 /* | |
| 4574 * TODO: Really nothing to do? | |
| 4575 */ | |
| 4576 } | |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 int | |
| 593 | 4579 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4580 { |
| 4581 return OK; | |
| 4582 } | |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 /* | |
| 4585 * Send the current selection to the clipboard. | |
| 4586 */ | |
| 4587 void | |
| 593 | 4588 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4589 { |
| 4590 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 4591 long scrapSize; | |
| 4592 int type; | |
| 4593 ScrapRef scrap; | |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 char_u *str = NULL; | |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 if (!cbd->owned) | |
| 4598 return; | |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 clip_get_selection(cbd); | |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 /* | |
| 4603 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets | |
| 4604 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it. | |
| 4605 */ | |
| 4606 cbd->owned = FALSE; | |
| 4607 | |
| 838 | 4608 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd); |
| 7 | 4609 |
| 766 | 4610 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4611 size_t utf16_len = 0; |
| 4612 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len); | |
| 4613 if (to) | |
| 7 | 4614 { |
| 168 | 4615 scrapSize = utf16_len; |
| 4616 vim_free(str); | |
| 4617 str = (char_u *)to; | |
| 7 | 4618 } |
| 4619 #endif | |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 if (type >= 0) | |
| 4622 { | |
| 4623 ClearCurrentScrap(); | |
| 593 | 4624 |
| 9 | 4625 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1); |
| 7 | 4626 HLock(textOfClip); |
| 4627 | |
| 9 | 4628 **textOfClip = type; |
| 168 | 4629 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4630 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 838 | 4631 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, |
| 9 | 4632 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1); |
| 4633 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, | |
| 4634 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4635 HUnlock(textOfClip); |
| 4636 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 4637 } | |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 vim_free(str); | |
| 4640 } | |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 void | |
| 593 | 4643 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4644 { |
| 4645 Rect VimBound; | |
| 4646 | |
| 9 | 4647 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */ |
| 7 | 4648 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4651 { | |
| 4652 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1; | |
| 4653 } | |
| 4654 else | |
| 4655 { | |
| 4656 VimBound.left = 0; | |
| 4657 } | |
| 4658 | |
| 4659 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); | |
| 4660 | |
| 9 | 4661 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 4662 } |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 /* | |
| 4665 * Menu stuff. | |
| 4666 */ | |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 void | |
| 593 | 4669 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag) |
| 7 | 4670 { |
| 4671 /* | |
| 444 | 4672 * Menu is always active. |
| 7 | 4673 */ |
| 4674 } | |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 void | |
| 593 | 4677 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4678 { |
| 4679 /* | |
| 444 | 4680 * The menu is always at the top of the screen. |
| 7 | 4681 */ |
| 4682 } | |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 /* | |
| 4685 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar. | |
| 4686 */ | |
| 4687 void | |
| 593 | 4688 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4689 { |
| 4690 /* | |
| 4691 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle. | |
| 4692 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext | |
| 4693 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id | |
| 4694 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235 | |
| 4695 */ | |
| 4696 static long next_avail_id = 128; | |
| 4697 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */ | |
| 593 | 4698 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4699 CFStringRef name; |
| 4700 #else | |
| 7 | 4701 char_u *name; |
| 168 | 4702 #endif |
| 7 | 4703 short index; |
| 4704 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; | |
| 4705 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next; | |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */ | |
| 4708 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0)) | |
| 4709 return; | |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */ | |
| 4712 if (next_avail_id == 1024) | |
| 4713 return; | |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */ | |
| 4716 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name))) | |
| 4717 brother = brother->next; | |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */ | |
| 4720 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL)) | |
| 4721 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id; | |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */ | |
| 4724 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name)) | |
| 4725 menu_after_me = hierMenu; | |
| 4726 | |
| 4727 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4728 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4729 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4730 #else | |
| 7 | 4731 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4732 #endif |
| 7 | 4733 if (name == NULL) |
| 4734 return; | |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */ | |
| 4737 { | |
| 4738 /* Carbon suggest use of | |
| 9 | 4739 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *); |
| 4740 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title); | |
| 7 | 4741 */ |
| 4742 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id; | |
| 593 | 4743 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4744 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr) |
| 4745 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name); | |
| 4746 #else | |
| 9 | 4747 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name); |
| 168 | 4748 #endif |
| 7 | 4749 next_avail_id++; |
| 4750 } | |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 if (parent == NULL) | |
| 4753 { | |
| 4754 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */ | |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the | |
| 4757 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos | |
| 4758 */ | |
| 4759 | |
| 593 | 4760 /* Insert the menu */ |
| 4761 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */ | |
| 7 | 4762 #if 1 |
| 4763 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */ | |
| 4764 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4765 #endif | |
| 4766 } | |
| 4767 else | |
| 4768 { | |
| 4769 /* Adding as a submenu */ | |
| 4770 | |
| 9 | 4771 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4772 |
| 4773 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 4774 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 4775 */ | |
| 4776 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 593 | 4777 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4778 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 4779 #else | |
| 7 | 4780 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 168 | 4781 #endif |
| 7 | 4782 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B); |
| 4783 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id); | |
| 4784 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu); | |
| 4785 } | |
| 4786 | |
| 593 | 4787 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4788 CFRelease(name); |
| 4789 #else | |
| 9 | 4790 vim_free(name); |
| 168 | 4791 #endif |
| 7 | 4792 |
| 4793 #if 0 | |
| 4794 /* Done by Vim later on */ | |
| 4795 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4796 #endif | |
| 4797 } | |
| 4798 | |
| 4799 /* | |
| 4800 * Add a menu item to a menu | |
| 4801 */ | |
| 4802 void | |
| 593 | 4803 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4804 { |
| 593 | 4805 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4806 CFStringRef name; |
| 4807 #else | |
| 7 | 4808 char_u *name; |
| 168 | 4809 #endif |
| 7 | 4810 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; |
| 4811 int menu_inserted; | |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */ | |
| 4814 if (parent->submenu_id == 0) | |
| 4815 return; | |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu, | |
| 4818 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */ | |
| 4819 | |
| 4820 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4821 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4822 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4823 #else | |
| 7 | 4824 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4825 #endif |
| 7 | 4826 |
| 4827 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */ | |
| 4828 menu->submenu_id = 0; | |
| 4829 menu->submenu_handle = NULL; | |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 menu_inserted = 0; | |
| 4832 if (menu->actext) | |
| 4833 { | |
| 4834 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes | |
| 4835 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the | |
| 4836 * item's command equivalent. | |
| 4837 */ | |
| 4838 int key = 0; | |
| 4839 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 4840 char_u *p_actext; | |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 p_actext = menu->actext; | |
|
9869
989d44d35a66
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/35a4cfa200917dd171b1fff3cd5b6cee9add673d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9649
diff
changeset
|
4843 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4844 if (*p_actext != 0) |
| 4845 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */ | |
| 4846 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the | |
| 4847 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for | |
| 4848 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD | |
| 4849 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the | |
| 4850 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable | |
| 4851 * character plus modifiers. | |
| 4852 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't | |
| 4853 * apply modifiers. | |
| 4854 */ | |
| 4855 if (key > 0 && key < 32) | |
| 4856 { | |
| 4857 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that | |
| 4858 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish | |
| 4859 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S. | |
| 4860 */ | |
| 4861 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 4862 key += '@'; | |
| 4863 } | |
| 4864 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier. | |
| 4865 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert | |
| 4866 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu. | |
| 4867 */ | |
| 4868 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z') | |
| 4869 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 4870 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z') | |
| 4871 key += 'A' - 'a'; | |
| 4872 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */ | |
| 4873 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key)) | |
| 4874 { | |
| 4875 int valid = 1; | |
| 4876 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers; | |
| 4877 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */ | |
| 4878 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) | |
| 4879 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier; | |
| 4880 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 4881 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier; | |
| 4882 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
| 4883 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier; | |
| 4884 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK) | |
| 4885 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */ | |
| 4886 if (valid) | |
| 4887 { | |
| 4888 char_u item_txt[10]; | |
| 4889 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */ | |
| 4890 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/'; | |
| 4891 item_txt[3] = key; | |
| 4892 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx); | |
| 4893 /* Set the modifier keys. */ | |
| 4894 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods); | |
| 4895 menu_inserted = 1; | |
| 4896 } | |
| 4897 } | |
| 4898 } | |
| 4899 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 4900 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 4901 */ | |
| 4902 if (!menu_inserted) | |
| 4903 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 4904 /* Set the menu item name. */ | |
| 593 | 4905 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4906 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 4907 #else | |
| 7 | 4908 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 168 | 4909 #endif |
| 7 | 4910 |
| 4911 #if 0 | |
| 4912 /* Called by Vim */ | |
| 4913 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4914 #endif | |
| 4915 | |
| 593 | 4916 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4917 CFRelease(name); |
| 4918 #else | |
| 7 | 4919 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */ |
| 4920 vim_free(name); | |
| 168 | 4921 #endif |
| 7 | 4922 } |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 void | |
| 593 | 4925 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable) |
| 7 | 4926 { |
| 4927 /* no tearoff menus */ | |
| 4928 } | |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 /* | |
| 4931 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget. | |
| 4932 */ | |
| 4933 void | |
| 593 | 4934 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 4935 { |
| 9 | 4936 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4937 |
| 4938 if (index > 0) | |
| 4939 { | |
| 4940 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4941 { | |
| 4942 { | |
| 4943 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 4944 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); |
| 7 | 4945 |
| 4946 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */ | |
| 4947 if (menu->submenu_id != 0) | |
| 4948 { | |
| 9 | 4949 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 4950 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 4951 } |
| 4952 } | |
| 4953 } | |
| 4954 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU | |
| 4955 else | |
| 4956 { | |
| 9 | 4957 printf("gmdm 2\n"); |
| 7 | 4958 } |
| 4959 #endif | |
| 4960 } | |
| 4961 else | |
| 4962 { | |
| 4963 { | |
| 9 | 4964 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 4965 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 4966 } |
| 4967 } | |
| 4968 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */ | |
| 4969 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4970 } | |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 /* | |
| 4973 * Make a menu either grey or not grey. | |
| 4974 */ | |
| 4975 void | |
| 593 | 4976 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey) |
| 7 | 4977 { |
| 4978 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */ | |
| 9 | 4979 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4980 /* |
| 4981 index = menu->index; | |
| 4982 */ | |
| 4983 if (grey) | |
| 4984 { | |
| 4985 if (menu->children) | |
| 4986 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4987 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4988 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 4989 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4990 } | |
| 4991 else | |
| 4992 { | |
| 4993 if (menu->children) | |
| 4994 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4995 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4996 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 4997 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4998 } | |
| 4999 } | |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 /* | |
| 5002 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden | |
| 5003 */ | |
| 5004 void | |
| 593 | 5005 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden) |
| 7 | 5006 { |
| 5007 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */ | |
| 9 | 5008 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden); |
| 7 | 5009 } |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 /* | |
| 5013 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not. | |
| 5014 */ | |
| 5015 void | |
| 593 | 5016 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void) |
| 7 | 5017 { |
| 5018 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 5019 } | |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 /* | |
| 5023 * Scrollbar stuff. | |
| 5024 */ | |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 void | |
| 593 | 5027 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar( |
| 5028 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5029 int flag) | |
| 7 | 5030 { |
| 5031 if (flag) | |
| 5032 ShowControl(sb->id); | |
| 5033 else | |
| 5034 HideControl(sb->id); | |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5037 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag); |
| 7 | 5038 #endif |
| 5039 } | |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 void | |
| 593 | 5042 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb( |
| 5043 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5044 long val, | |
| 5045 long size, | |
| 5046 long max) | |
| 7 | 5047 { |
| 5048 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max); | |
| 5049 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0); | |
| 5050 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val); | |
| 1107 | 5051 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size); |
| 7 | 5052 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
|
9199
665d10cb3e6b
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ea0345901cc2af29f9c5dd0d9d8a818d5f96a63b
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9013
diff
changeset
|
5053 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %lx, %lx,%lx\n",sb->id, val, size, max); |
| 7 | 5054 #endif |
| 5055 } | |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 void | |
| 593 | 5058 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos( |
| 5059 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5060 int x, | |
| 5061 int y, | |
| 5062 int w, | |
| 5063 int h) | |
| 7 | 5064 { |
| 5065 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 5066 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5067 { | |
| 9 | 5068 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y); |
| 5069 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5070 } |
| 5071 else | |
| 5072 { | |
| 9 | 5073 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5074 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5075 }*/ |
| 5076 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar) | |
| 5077 h += 1; | |
| 5078 else | |
| 5079 w += 1; | |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5082 x -= 15; | |
| 5083 | |
| 9 | 5084 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5085 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h); | |
| 7 | 5086 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5087 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h); |
| 7 | 5088 #endif |
| 5089 } | |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 void | |
| 593 | 5092 gui_mch_create_scrollbar( |
| 5093 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5094 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */ | |
| 7 | 5095 { |
| 5096 Rect bounds; | |
| 5097 | |
| 5098 bounds.top = -16; | |
| 5099 bounds.bottom = -10; | |
| 5100 bounds.right = -10; | |
| 5101 bounds.left = -16; | |
| 5102 | |
| 9 | 5103 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow, |
| 7 | 5104 &bounds, |
| 5105 "\pScrollBar", | |
| 5106 TRUE, | |
| 5107 0, /* current*/ | |
| 5108 0, /* top */ | |
| 5109 0, /* bottom */ | |
| 5110 kControlScrollBarLiveProc, | |
| 5111 (long) sb->ident); | |
| 5112 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5113 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient); |
| 7 | 5114 #endif |
| 5115 } | |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 void | |
| 593 | 5118 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb) |
| 7 | 5119 { |
| 5120 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 5121 DisposeControl(sb->id); |
| 7 | 5122 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5123 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id); |
| 7 | 5124 #endif |
| 5125 } | |
| 5126 | |
|
9213
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5127 int |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5128 gui_mch_is_blinking(void) |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5129 { |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5130 return FALSE; |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5131 } |
| 7 | 5132 |
|
9428
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5133 int |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5134 gui_mch_is_blink_off(void) |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5135 { |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5136 return FALSE; |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5137 } |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5138 |
| 7 | 5139 /* |
| 5140 * Cursor blink functions. | |
| 5141 * | |
| 5142 * This is a simple state machine: | |
| 5143 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all | |
| 5144 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown | |
| 5145 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown | |
| 5146 */ | |
| 5147 void | |
| 5148 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off) | |
| 5149 { | |
| 5150 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5151 /* blink_waittime = wait; | |
| 5152 blink_ontime = on; | |
| 5153 blink_offtime = off;*/ | |
| 5154 } | |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 /* | |
| 5157 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown. | |
| 5158 */ | |
| 5159 void | |
|
13152
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5160 gui_mch_stop_blink(int may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5161 { |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5162 if (may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5163 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 5164 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ |
| 5165 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); | |
| 5166 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF) | |
| 5167 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5168 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/ | |
| 5169 } | |
| 5170 | |
| 5171 /* | |
| 5172 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the | |
| 5173 * waiting time and shows the cursor. | |
| 5174 */ | |
| 5175 void | |
| 593 | 5176 gui_mch_start_blink(void) |
| 7 | 5177 { |
| 5178 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5179 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5180 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */ | |
| 5181 | |
| 5182 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */ | |
| 5183 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime) | |
| 5184 { | |
| 5185 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime, | |
| 5186 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer); | |
| 5187 blink_state = BLINK_ON; | |
| 5188 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5189 }*/ | |
| 5190 } | |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 /* | |
| 5193 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long. | |
| 5194 */ | |
|
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5195 guicolor_T |
| 7 | 5196 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel) |
| 5197 { | |
|
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5198 return (guicolor_T)((Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel)); |
| 7 | 5199 } |
| 5200 | |
| 5201 | |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
| 5204 /* | |
| 5205 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory, | |
| 5206 * or NULL if Cancel is hit. | |
| 5207 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened. | |
| 5208 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog. | |
| 5209 * dflt - Default name of file. | |
| 5210 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions. | |
| 5211 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir) | |
| 5212 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from. | |
| 5213 * Has a format like this: | |
| 5214 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0" | |
| 5215 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0" | |
| 5216 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file | |
| 5217 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will | |
| 5218 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files. | |
| 5219 * | |
| 5220 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls. | |
| 5221 */ | |
| 5222 char_u * | |
| 5223 gui_mch_browse( | |
| 5224 int saving, | |
| 5225 char_u *title, | |
| 5226 char_u *dflt, | |
| 5227 char_u *ext, | |
| 5228 char_u *initdir, | |
| 5229 char_u *filter) | |
| 5230 { | |
| 4352 | 5231 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety check (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 5232 NavReplyRecord reply; |
| 5233 char_u *fname = NULL; | |
| 5234 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 5235 long numFiles; | |
| 5236 NavDialogOptions navOptions; | |
| 5237 OSErr error; | |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */ | |
| 9 | 5240 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions); |
| 7 | 5241 |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */ | |
| 5244 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles | |
| 5245 | kNavDontAutoTranslate | |
| 5246 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems | |
| 5247 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */ | |
| 5248 | kNavAllowStationery; | |
| 5249 | |
| 9 | 5250 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message); |
| 5251 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName); | |
| 7 | 5252 /* Could set clientName? |
| 5253 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?) | |
| 5254 */ | |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 if (saving) | |
| 5257 { | |
| 5258 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 9 | 5259 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL); |
| 7 | 5260 if (!reply.validRecord) |
| 5261 return NULL; | |
| 5262 } | |
| 5263 else | |
| 5264 { | |
| 5265 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 5266 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5267 if (!reply.validRecord) | |
| 5268 return NULL; | |
| 5269 } | |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 5272 | |
| 9 | 5273 NavDisposeReply(&reply); |
| 7 | 5274 |
| 5275 if (fnames) | |
| 5276 { | |
| 5277 fname = fnames[0]; | |
| 5278 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 5279 } | |
| 5280 | |
| 5281 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */ | |
| 5282 return fname; | |
| 5283 } | |
| 5284 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */ | |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG | |
| 5287 /* | |
| 5288 * Stuff for dialogues | |
| 5289 */ | |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 /* | |
| 5292 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings. | |
| 5293 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.) | |
| 5294 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title. | |
| 5295 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it. | |
| 5296 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first. | |
| 5297 * dfltbutton = number of default button. | |
| 5298 * | |
| 5299 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed, | |
| 5300 * 2 for the second, etc. | |
| 5301 * | |
| 5302 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed. | |
| 5303 * -1 for unexpected error | |
| 5304 * | |
| 5305 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1. | |
| 5306 */ | |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 typedef struct | |
| 5309 { | |
| 5310 short idx; | |
| 5311 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */ | |
| 5312 Rect box; | |
| 5313 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */ | |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top) | |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 static void | |
| 5318 macMoveDialogItem( | |
| 5319 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5320 short itemNumber, | |
| 5321 short X, | |
| 5322 short Y, | |
| 5323 Rect *inBox) | |
| 5324 { | |
| 5325 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 5326 /* Untested */ | |
| 9 | 5327 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y); |
| 7 | 5328 if (inBox != nil) |
| 9 | 5329 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox); |
| 7 | 5330 #else |
| 5331 short itemType; | |
| 5332 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5333 Rect localBox; | |
| 5334 Rect *itemBox = &localBox; | |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 if (inBox != nil) | |
| 5337 itemBox = inBox; | |
| 5338 | |
| 9 | 5339 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox); |
| 5340 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top); | |
| 5341 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y); | |
| 7 | 5342 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both |
| 5343 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */ | |
| 5344 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */ | |
| 9 | 5345 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y); |
| 5346 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox); | |
| 7 | 5347 #endif |
| 5348 } | |
| 5349 | |
| 5350 static void | |
| 5351 macSizeDialogItem( | |
| 5352 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5353 short itemNumber, | |
| 5354 short width, | |
| 5355 short height) | |
| 5356 { | |
| 5357 short itemType; | |
| 5358 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5359 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5360 | |
| 9 | 5361 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5362 |
| 5363 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */ | |
| 5364 if (width == 0) | |
| 5365 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left; | |
| 5366 if (height == 0) | |
| 5367 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top; | |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 9 | 5370 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */ |
| 7 | 5371 #else |
| 5372 /* Resize the bounding box */ | |
| 5373 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width; | |
| 5374 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height; | |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both | |
| 5377 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */ | |
| 5378 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5379 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height); |
| 7 | 5380 |
| 5381 /* Configure back the item */ | |
| 9 | 5382 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5383 #endif |
| 5384 } | |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 static void | |
| 5387 macSetDialogItemText( | |
| 5388 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5389 short itemNumber, | |
| 5390 Str255 itemName) | |
| 5391 { | |
| 5392 short itemType; | |
| 5393 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5394 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5395 | |
| 9 | 5396 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5397 |
| 5398 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5399 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5400 else |
| 9 | 5401 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5402 } |
| 5403 | |
| 1572 | 5404 |
| 5405 /* ModalDialog() handler for message dialogs that have hotkey accelerators. | |
| 5406 * Expects a mapping of hotkey char to control index in gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 5407 * setting gDialogHotKeys to NULL disables any hotkey handling. | |
| 5408 */ | |
| 5409 static pascal Boolean | |
| 5410 DialogHotkeyFilterProc ( | |
| 5411 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5412 EventRecord *event, | |
| 5413 DialogItemIndex *itemHit) | |
| 5414 { | |
| 5415 char_u keyHit; | |
| 5416 | |
| 5417 if (event->what == keyDown || event->what == autoKey) | |
| 5418 { | |
| 5419 keyHit = (event->message & charCodeMask); | |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 if (gDialogHotKeys && gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]) | |
| 5422 { | |
| 5423 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5424 printf("user pressed hotkey '%c' --> item %d\n", keyHit, gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]); | |
| 5425 #endif | |
| 5426 *itemHit = gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]; | |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 /* When handing off to StdFilterProc, pretend that the user | |
| 5429 * clicked the control manually. Note that this is also supposed | |
| 5430 * to cause the button to hilite briefly (to give some user | |
| 5431 * feedback), but this seems not to actually work (or it's too | |
| 5432 * fast to be seen). | |
| 5433 */ | |
| 5434 event->what = kEventControlSimulateHit; | |
| 5435 | |
| 5436 return true; /* we took care of it */ | |
| 5437 } | |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 /* Defer to the OS's standard behavior for this event. | |
| 5440 * This ensures that Enter will still activate the default button. */ | |
| 5441 return StdFilterProc(theDialog, event, itemHit); | |
| 5442 } | |
| 5443 return false; /* Let ModalDialog deal with it */ | |
| 5444 } | |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 | |
| 593 | 5447 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox |
| 5448 * (Jussi) | |
| 5449 */ | |
| 7 | 5450 int |
| 5451 gui_mch_dialog( | |
| 5452 int type, | |
| 5453 char_u *title, | |
| 5454 char_u *message, | |
| 5455 char_u *buttons, | |
| 5456 int dfltbutton, | |
| 2684 | 5457 char_u *textfield, |
| 5458 int ex_cmd) | |
| 7 | 5459 { |
| 5460 Handle buttonDITL; | |
| 5461 Handle iconDITL; | |
| 5462 Handle inputDITL; | |
| 5463 Handle messageDITL; | |
| 5464 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5465 Handle iconHandle; | |
| 5466 DialogPtr theDialog; | |
| 5467 char_u len; | |
| 5468 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */ | |
| 5469 char_u name[256]; | |
| 5470 GrafPtr oldPort; | |
| 5471 short itemHit; | |
| 5472 char_u *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5473 short hotKeys[256]; /* map of hotkey -> control ID */ |
| 5474 char_u aHotKey; | |
| 7 | 5475 Rect box; |
| 5476 short button; | |
| 5477 short lastButton; | |
| 5478 short itemType; | |
| 5479 short useIcon; | |
| 5480 short width; | |
| 1377 | 5481 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together |
| 1212 | 5482 including spacing */ |
| 7 | 5483 short widestButton = 0; |
| 5484 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5485 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5486 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5487 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5488 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 short vertical; | |
| 5491 short dialogHeight; | |
| 5492 short messageLines = 3; | |
| 5493 FontInfo textFontInfo; | |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 vgmDlgItm iconItm; | |
| 5496 vgmDlgItm messageItm; | |
| 5497 vgmDlgItm inputItm; | |
| 5498 vgmDlgItm buttonItm; | |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 WindowRef theWindow; | |
| 5501 | |
| 1572 | 5502 ModalFilterUPP dialogUPP; |
| 5503 | |
| 7 | 5504 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */ |
| 5505 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL); | |
| 5506 | |
| 5507 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */ | |
| 9 | 5508 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1); |
| 7 | 5509 |
| 5510 /* Get the WindowRef */ | |
| 5511 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog); | |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 /* Hide the window. | |
| 5514 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing | |
| 5515 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item | |
| 5516 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9) | |
| 5517 * Could be avoided by changing the resource. | |
| 5518 */ | |
| 9 | 5519 HideWindow(theWindow); |
| 7 | 5520 |
| 5521 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog, | |
| 5522 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */ | |
| 9 | 5523 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5524 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5525 |
| 5526 /* Get the info about the default text, | |
| 5527 * used to calculate the height of the message | |
| 5528 * and of the text field */ | |
| 5529 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo); | |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 /* Set the dialog title */ | |
| 5532 if (title != NULL) | |
| 5533 { | |
| 9 | 5534 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle); |
| 5535 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle); | |
| 7 | 5536 } |
| 5537 | |
| 5538 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 9 | 5539 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130); |
| 7 | 5540 buttonChar = buttons; |
| 5541 button = 0; | |
| 5542 | |
| 1572 | 5543 /* initialize the hotkey mapping */ |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
1776
diff
changeset
|
5544 vim_memset(hotKeys, 0, sizeof(hotKeys)); |
| 1572 | 5545 |
| 7 | 5546 for (;*buttonChar != 0;) |
| 5547 { | |
| 5548 /* Get the name of the button */ | |
| 5549 button++; | |
| 5550 len = 0; | |
| 5551 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++) | |
| 5552 { | |
| 5553 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR) | |
| 5554 name[++len] = *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5555 else |
| 5556 { | |
| 5557 aHotKey = (char_u)*(buttonChar+1); | |
| 5558 if (aHotKey >= 'A' && aHotKey <= 'Z') | |
| 5559 aHotKey = (char_u)((int)aHotKey + (int)'a' - (int)'A'); | |
| 5560 hotKeys[aHotKey] = button; | |
| 5561 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5562 printf("### hotKey for button %d is '%c'\n", button, aHotKey); | |
| 5563 #endif | |
| 5564 } | |
| 7 | 5565 } |
| 1572 | 5566 |
| 7 | 5567 if (*buttonChar != 0) |
| 5568 buttonChar++; | |
| 5569 name[0] = len; | |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 /* Add the button */ | |
| 9 | 5572 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */ |
| 7 | 5573 |
| 5574 /* Change the button's name */ | |
| 9 | 5575 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name); |
| 7 | 5576 |
| 5577 /* Resize the button to fit its name */ | |
| 9 | 5578 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge; |
| 4352 | 5579 /* Limit the size of any button to an acceptable value. */ |
| 7 | 5580 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */ |
| 5581 if (width > maxButtonWidth) | |
| 5582 width = maxButtonWidth; | |
| 9 | 5583 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0); |
| 7 | 5584 |
| 5585 totalButtonWidth += width; | |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 if (width > widestButton) | |
| 5588 widestButton = width; | |
| 5589 } | |
| 9 | 5590 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL); |
| 7 | 5591 lastButton = button; |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 5594 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1; | |
| 9 | 5595 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131); |
| 7 | 5596 switch (type) |
| 5597 { | |
| 2585 | 5598 case VIM_GENERIC: |
| 5599 case VIM_INFO: | |
| 5600 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon; break; | |
| 5601 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon; break; | |
| 5602 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon; break; | |
| 3935 | 5603 default: useIcon = kStopIcon; |
| 2585 | 5604 } |
| 9 | 5605 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL); |
| 5606 ReleaseResource(iconDITL); | |
| 5607 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5608 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */ |
| 9 | 5609 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon); |
| 5610 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5611 |
| 5612 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */ | |
| 5613 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2; | |
| 9 | 5614 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5615 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5616 ReleaseResource(messageDITL); | |
| 5617 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5618 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name); | |
| 5619 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5620 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 7 | 5621 |
| 5622 /* Add the input box if needed */ | |
| 5623 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5624 { | |
| 857 | 5625 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */ |
| 7 | 5626 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3; |
| 9 | 5627 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5628 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5629 ReleaseResource(inputDITL); | |
| 5630 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5631 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/ | |
| 5632 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name); | |
| 5633 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5634 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 1572 | 5635 |
| 5636 /* Hotkeys don't make sense if there's a text field */ | |
| 5637 gDialogHotKeys = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5638 } |
| 1572 | 5639 else |
| 5640 /* Install hotkey table */ | |
| 5641 gDialogHotKeys = (short *)&hotKeys; | |
| 7 | 5642 |
| 5643 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */ | |
| 9 | 5644 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton); |
| 5645 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0); | |
| 7 | 5646 |
| 5647 /* Reposition element */ | |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 /* Check if we need to force vertical */ | |
| 5650 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth) | |
| 5651 vertical = TRUE; | |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 /* Place icon */ | |
| 9 | 5654 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box); |
| 7 | 5655 iconItm.box.right = box.right; |
| 5656 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom; | |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 /* Place Message */ | |
| 5659 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace; | |
| 9 | 5660 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent)); |
| 5661 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5662 |
| 5663 /* Place Input */ | |
| 5664 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5665 { | |
| 5666 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5667 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 9 | 5668 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent); |
| 5669 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5670 /* Convert the static text into a text edit. |
| 5671 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 5672 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box); |
| 5673 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5674 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767); |
| 5675 } | |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 /* Place Button */ | |
| 5678 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5679 { | |
| 5680 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left; | |
| 5681 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5682 } | |
| 5683 else | |
| 5684 { | |
| 5685 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5686 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5687 } | |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++) | |
| 5690 { | |
| 5691 | |
| 9 | 5692 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box); |
| 1377 | 5693 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */ |
| 7 | 5694 if (vertical) |
| 5695 { | |
| 9 | 5696 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0); |
| 5697 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5698 } |
| 5699 /* Calculate position of next button */ | |
| 5700 if (vertical) | |
| 5701 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5702 else | |
| 5703 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5704 } | |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 /* Resize the dialog box */ | |
| 5707 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5708 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE); | |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 /* Magic resize */ | |
| 9 | 5711 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5712 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */ |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 /* Display it */ | |
| 5715 ShowWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5716 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */ | |
| 5717 SelectWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5718 | |
| 9 | 5719 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */ |
| 7 | 5720 #if 0 |
| 9 | 5721 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5722 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5723 #endif |
| 5724 | |
| 857 | 5725 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5726 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */ | |
| 5727 dialog_busy = TRUE; | |
| 5728 #endif | |
| 5729 | |
| 1572 | 5730 /* Prepare the shortcut-handling filterProc for handing to the dialog */ |
| 5731 dialogUPP = NewModalFilterUPP(DialogHotkeyFilterProc); | |
| 5732 | |
| 7 | 5733 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */ |
| 5734 do | |
| 5735 { | |
| 1572 | 5736 ModalDialog(dialogUPP, &itemHit); |
| 7 | 5737 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton)); |
| 5738 | |
| 857 | 5739 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5740 dialog_busy = FALSE; | |
| 5741 #endif | |
| 5742 | |
| 7 | 5743 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */ |
| 5744 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5745 { | |
| 9 | 5746 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); |
| 5747 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name); | |
| 7 | 5748 #if IOSIZE < 256 |
| 5749 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */ | |
| 5750 if (name[0] > IOSIZE) | |
| 5751 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1; | |
| 5752 #endif | |
| 418 | 5753 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]); |
| 7 | 5754 } |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 /* Restore the original graphical port */ | |
| 9 | 5757 SetPort(oldPort); |
| 7 | 5758 |
| 1572 | 5759 /* Free the modal filterProc */ |
| 5760 DisposeRoutineDescriptor(dialogUPP); | |
| 5761 | |
| 4352 | 5762 /* Get ride of the dialog (free memory) */ |
| 9 | 5763 DisposeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5764 |
| 5765 return itemHit; | |
| 5766 /* | |
| 2585 | 5767 * Useful thing which could be used |
| 7 | 5768 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout |
| 5769 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box | |
| 5770 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem | |
| 5771 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?) | |
| 1373 | 5772 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length |
| 7 | 5773 */ |
| 5774 } | |
| 5775 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */ | |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 /* | |
| 5778 * Display the saved error message(s). | |
| 5779 */ | |
| 5780 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG | |
| 5781 void | |
| 593 | 5782 display_errors(void) |
| 7 | 5783 { |
| 5784 char *p; | |
| 5785 char_u pError[256]; | |
| 5786 | |
| 593 | 5787 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL) |
| 5788 return; | |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */ | |
| 5791 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p) | |
| 5792 if (!isspace(*p)) | |
| 5793 { | |
| 5794 if (STRLEN(p) > 255) | |
| 5795 pError[0] = 255; | |
| 5796 else | |
| 5797 pError[0] = STRLEN(p); | |
| 5798 | |
| 5799 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]); | |
| 5800 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil); | |
| 5801 Alert(128, nil); | |
| 5802 break; | |
| 5803 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars | |
| 5804 * use auto-sizeable alert | |
| 5805 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone) | |
| 5806 */ | |
| 5807 } | |
| 5808 ga_clear(&error_ga); | |
| 7 | 5809 } |
| 5810 #endif | |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 /* | |
| 87 | 5813 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window. |
| 7 | 5814 */ |
| 95 | 5815 void |
| 5816 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y) | |
| 7 | 5817 { |
| 5818 Point where; | |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5821 | |
| 87 | 5822 *x = where.h; |
| 5823 *y = where.v; | |
| 7 | 5824 } |
| 5825 | |
| 5826 void | |
| 593 | 5827 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y) |
| 7 | 5828 { |
| 5829 /* TODO */ | |
| 5830 #if 0 | |
| 5831 /* From FAQ 3-11 */ | |
| 5832 | |
| 5833 CursorDevicePtr myMouse; | |
| 5834 Point where; | |
| 5835 | |
| 9 | 5836 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap) |
| 5837 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap)) | |
| 7 | 5838 { |
| 5839 /* New way */ | |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 /* | |
| 4352 | 5842 * Get first device with one button. |
| 5843 * This will probably be the standard mouse | |
| 5844 * start at head of cursor dev list | |
| 7 | 5845 * |
| 5846 */ | |
| 5847 | |
| 5848 myMouse = nil; | |
| 5849 | |
| 5850 do | |
| 5851 { | |
| 5852 /* Get the next cursor device */ | |
| 5853 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse); | |
| 5854 } | |
| 9 | 5855 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1)); |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y); | |
| 7 | 5858 } |
| 5859 else | |
| 5860 { | |
| 5861 /* Old way */ | |
| 5862 where.h = x; | |
| 5863 where.v = y; | |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 *(Point *)RawMouse = where; | |
| 5866 *(Point *)MTemp = where; | |
| 5867 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF; | |
| 5868 } | |
| 5869 #endif | |
| 5870 } | |
| 5871 | |
| 5872 void | |
| 593 | 5873 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 5874 { |
| 5875 /* | |
| 5876 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 5877 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 5878 * Call the procedure | |
| 5879 */ | |
| 5880 | |
| 5881 MenuHandle CntxMenu; | |
| 5882 Point where; | |
| 5883 OSStatus status; | |
| 5884 UInt32 CntxType; | |
| 5885 SInt16 CntxMenuID; | |
| 5886 UInt16 CntxMenuItem; | |
| 5887 Str255 HelpName = ""; | |
| 5888 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 5889 | |
| 5890 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */ | |
| 9 | 5891 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 5892 | |
| 5893 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5894 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/ | |
| 7 | 5895 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle; |
| 5896 | |
| 5897 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */ | |
| 5898 | |
| 5899 /* Call to Handle Popup */ | |
| 1089 | 5900 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp, |
| 1012 | 5901 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 5902 |
| 5903 if (status == noErr) | |
| 5904 { | |
| 5905 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 5906 { | |
| 5907 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 5908 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 1012 | 5909 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by |
| 5910 * ContextualMenuSelect */ | |
| 9 | 5911 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 5912 } |
| 5913 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 5914 { | |
| 5915 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 5916 } | |
| 5917 } | |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 5920 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 7 | 5921 } |
| 5922 | |
| 5923 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5924 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */ | |
| 5925 void | |
| 5926 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf) | |
| 5927 { | |
| 9 | 5928 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec); |
| 5929 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf); | |
| 7 | 5930 } |
| 5931 #endif | |
| 5932 | |
| 5933 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 5934 /* | |
| 5935 * Set the window title and icon. | |
| 5936 * (The icon is not taken care of). | |
| 5937 */ | |
| 5938 void | |
| 593 | 5939 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon) |
| 7 | 5940 { |
| 5941 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller | |
| 5942 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar. | |
| 5943 */ | |
| 766 | 5944 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 5945 CFStringRef windowTitle; |
| 5946 size_t windowTitleLen; | |
| 5947 #else | |
| 7 | 5948 char_u *pascalTitle; |
| 168 | 5949 #endif |
| 7 | 5950 |
| 5951 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 5952 return; | |
| 5953 | |
| 766 | 5954 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 5955 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title); |
| 1621 | 5956 windowTitle = (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen); |
| 168 | 5957 |
| 5958 if (windowTitle) | |
| 5959 { | |
| 5960 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle); | |
| 5961 CFRelease(windowTitle); | |
| 5962 } | |
| 5963 #else | |
| 7 | 5964 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title); |
| 5965 if (pascalTitle != NULL) | |
| 5966 { | |
| 5967 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle); | |
| 5968 vim_free(pascalTitle); | |
| 5969 } | |
| 168 | 5970 #endif |
| 7 | 5971 } |
| 5972 #endif | |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 /* | |
| 2585 | 5975 * Transferred from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work |
| 7 | 5976 */ |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 int | |
| 593 | 5979 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString) |
| 7 | 5980 { |
| 5981 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString; | |
| 5982 int len; | |
| 5983 int i; | |
| 5984 | |
| 5985 PascalPtr[0] = 0; | |
| 5986 if (CString == NULL) | |
| 5987 return 0; | |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 len = STRLEN(CString); | |
| 5990 if (len > 255) | |
| 5991 len = 255; | |
| 5992 | |
| 5993 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
| 5994 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i]; | |
| 5995 | |
| 5996 PascalPtr[0] = len; | |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 return 0; | |
| 5999 } | |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 int | |
| 593 | 6002 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec) |
| 7 | 6003 { |
| 6004 /* From FAQ 8-12 */ | |
| 6005 Str255 filePascal; | |
| 6006 CInfoPBRec myCPB; | |
| 6007 OSErr err; | |
| 6008 | |
| 9 | 6009 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal); |
| 7 | 6010 |
| 6011 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal; | |
| 6012 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0; | |
| 6013 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 6014 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0; | |
| 6015 | |
| 9 | 6016 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6017 |
| 6018 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */ | |
| 9 | 6019 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec); |
| 7 | 6020 |
| 6021 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */ | |
| 6022 return 0; | |
| 6023 } | |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 /* | |
| 4352 | 6026 * Convert a FSSpec to a full path |
| 7 | 6027 */ |
| 6028 | |
| 9 | 6029 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file) |
| 7 | 6030 { |
| 6031 /* | |
| 6032 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max. | |
| 6033 */ | |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 CInfoPBRec theCPB; | |
| 6036 char_u fname[256]; | |
| 6037 char_u *filenamePtr = fname; | |
| 6038 OSErr error; | |
| 6039 int folder = 1; | |
| 6040 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6041 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum; | |
| 6042 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID; | |
| 6043 FSRef refFile; | |
| 6044 OSStatus status; | |
| 6045 UInt32 pathSize = 256; | |
| 6046 char_u pathname[256]; | |
| 6047 char_u *path = pathname; | |
| 6048 #else | |
| 6049 Str255 directoryName; | |
| 6050 char_u temporary[255]; | |
| 6051 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary; | |
| 6052 #endif | |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6055 /* Get the default volume */ | |
| 6056 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/ | |
| 9 | 6057 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID); |
| 7 | 6058 |
| 6059 if (error) | |
| 6060 return NULL; | |
| 6061 #endif | |
| 6062 | |
| 6063 /* Start filling fname with file.name */ | |
| 418 | 6064 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]); |
| 7 | 6065 |
| 6066 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */ | |
| 6067 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 6068 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name; | |
| 6069 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1106 | 6070 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/ |
| 7 | 6071 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr, | |
| 6074 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */ | |
| 9 | 6075 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6076 |
| 6077 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */ | |
| 6078 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr)) | |
| 6079 return NULL; | |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 /* Check if it's a file or folder */ | |
| 6082 /* default to file if file don't exist */ | |
| 6083 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error)) | |
| 6084 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */ | |
| 6085 else | |
| 6086 folder = 1; | |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6089 /* | |
| 4352 | 6090 * The functions used here are available in Carbon, but do nothing on |
| 6091 * MacOS 8 and 9. | |
| 7 | 6092 */ |
| 6093 if (error == fnfErr) | |
| 6094 { | |
| 6095 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible | |
| 6096 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an | |
| 6097 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and | |
| 6098 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert | |
| 6099 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path, | |
| 6100 and, finally, append the filename. */ | |
| 6101 FSSpec dirSpec; | |
| 6102 FSRef dirRef; | |
| 6103 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p"; | |
| 6104 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum, | |
| 6105 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec); | |
| 6106 if (error) | |
| 6107 return NULL; | |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef); | |
| 6110 if (error) | |
| 6111 return NULL; | |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize); | |
| 6114 if (status) | |
| 6115 return NULL; | |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 STRCAT(path, "/"); | |
| 6118 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr); | |
| 6119 } | |
| 6120 else | |
| 6121 { | |
| 6122 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path | |
| 6123 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */ | |
| 9 | 6124 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile); |
| 7 | 6125 if (error) |
| 6126 return NULL; | |
| 6127 | |
| 9 | 6128 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize); |
| 7 | 6129 if (status) |
| 6130 return NULL; | |
| 6131 } | |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */ | |
| 6134 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6135 STRCAT(path, "/"); |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 return (vim_strsave(path)); | |
| 7 | 6138 #else |
| 6139 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */ | |
| 6140 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */ | |
| 6141 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; | |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value | |
| 6144 * we want for ioDrDirID*/ | |
| 6145 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID; | |
| 6146 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; | |
| 6147 | |
| 9 | 6148 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/)) |
| 7 | 6149 do |
| 6150 { | |
| 6151 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6152 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6153 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6154 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6155 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6156 | |
| 6157 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6158 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6159 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6160 |
| 6161 if (error) | |
| 6162 return NULL; | |
| 6163 | |
| 6164 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */ | |
| 6165 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6166 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6167 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6168 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6169 } | |
| 6170 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */ | |
| 6171 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */ | |
| 6172 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/); | |
| 6173 #else | |
| 6174 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID); | |
| 6175 #endif | |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */ | |
| 6178 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6179 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6180 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6181 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6182 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6183 | |
| 6184 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6185 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6186 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6187 |
| 6188 if (error) | |
| 6189 return NULL; | |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */ | |
| 6192 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */ | |
| 1212 | 6193 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */ |
| 7 | 6194 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME |
| 6195 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum) | |
| 6196 #endif | |
| 6197 { | |
| 6198 /* Add the volume name */ | |
| 6199 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6200 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6201 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6202 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6205 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 6206 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */ | |
| 6207 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:"); | |
| 6208 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6209 #endif | |
| 6210 } | |
| 6211 | |
| 6212 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */ | |
| 6213 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6214 STRCAT(fname, ":"); |
| 7 | 6215 |
| 6216 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */ | |
| 6217 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6218 /* Need to insert leading / */ | |
| 6219 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */ | |
| 6220 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr); | |
| 6221 temporaryPtr[0] = '/'; | |
| 6222 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6223 { | |
| 6224 char *p; | |
| 6225 for (p = fname; *p; p++) | |
| 6226 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6227 *p = '/'; | |
| 6228 } | |
| 6229 #endif | |
| 6230 | |
| 9 | 6231 return (vim_strsave(fname)); |
| 7 | 6232 #endif |
| 6233 } | |
| 6234 | |
|
13380
69517d67421f
patch 8.0.1564: too many #ifdefs
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13170
diff
changeset
|
6235 #if (defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER)) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 6236 /* |
| 6237 * Input Method Control functions. | |
| 6238 */ | |
| 6239 | |
| 6240 /* | |
| 6241 * Notify cursor position to IM. | |
| 6242 */ | |
| 6243 void | |
| 6244 im_set_position(int row, int col) | |
| 6245 { | |
| 1562 | 6246 #if 0 |
| 7 | 6247 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 6248 im_start_row = row; |
| 6249 im_start_col = col; | |
| 6250 #endif | |
| 6251 } | |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow; | |
| 6254 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert; | |
| 6255 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 }; | |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 static Component gTSCWindow; | |
| 6258 static Component gTSCInsert; | |
| 6259 static Component gTSCDefault; | |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 static int im_initialized = 0; | |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 static void | |
| 6264 im_on_window_switch(int active) | |
| 6265 { | |
| 6266 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; | |
| 6267 OSStatus err; | |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 if (! gui.in_use) | |
| 6270 return; | |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6273 { | |
| 6274 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6277 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6278 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6279 } | |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6282 { | |
| 6283 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6284 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6285 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 if (slptr) | |
| 6288 { | |
| 6289 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6290 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6291 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6292 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6293 | |
| 6294 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6295 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6296 } | |
| 6297 } | |
| 6298 else | |
| 6299 { | |
| 6300 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow); | |
| 6301 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6302 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 if (slptr) | |
| 6305 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6306 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6309 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6310 } | |
| 7 | 6311 } |
| 6312 | |
| 6313 /* | |
| 6314 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE). | |
| 6315 */ | |
| 6316 void | |
| 6317 im_set_active(int active) | |
| 6318 { | |
| 1562 | 6319 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; |
| 6320 OSStatus err; | |
| 6321 | |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
6322 if (!gui.in_use) |
| 1562 | 6323 return; |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6326 { | |
| 6327 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6328 | |
| 6329 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6330 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6331 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6332 } | |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6335 { | |
| 6336 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6337 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6338 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6339 | |
| 6340 if (slptr) | |
| 6341 { | |
| 6342 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6343 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6344 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6345 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6348 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6349 } | |
| 6350 } | |
| 6351 else | |
| 6352 { | |
| 6353 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert); | |
| 6354 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6355 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 if (slptr) | |
| 6358 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6359 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 /* restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could | |
| 6362 * enter commands easier */ | |
| 6363 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6364 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6365 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault); | |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6368 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6369 } | |
| 7 | 6370 } |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 /* | |
| 6373 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0. | |
| 6374 */ | |
| 6375 int | |
| 593 | 6376 im_get_status(void) |
| 7 | 6377 { |
| 1562 | 6378 if (! gui.in_use) |
| 6379 return 0; | |
| 6380 | |
| 6381 return im_is_active; | |
| 7 | 6382 } |
| 1106 | 6383 |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
6384 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) */ |
| 1106 | 6385 |
| 6386 | |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6390 // drawer implementation | |
| 6391 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL; | |
| 6392 enum | |
| 6393 { | |
|
8269
553a4c8dd796
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43acbce1bb0a33edc67496b220cae629ad95d2d8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7821
diff
changeset
|
6394 kTabContextMenuId = 42 |
| 1106 | 6395 }; |
| 6396 | |
| 6397 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string | |
| 6398 static CFStringRef | |
| 6399 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page) | |
| 6400 { | |
| 6401 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE); | |
| 6402 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT | |
| 1621 | 6403 return (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff)); |
| 1106 | 6404 #else |
| 6405 // TODO: check internal encoding? | |
| 6406 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff, | |
| 6407 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman); | |
| 6408 #endif | |
| 6409 } | |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 | |
| 6412 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150 | |
| 6413 #define DRAWER_INSET 16 | |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL; | |
| 6416 | |
| 6417 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When | |
| 2585 | 6418 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before update_tabline(), |
| 4352 | 6419 // and because of this, the tab labels and vim's internal tabs are out of sync |
| 1106 | 6420 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels |
| 6421 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time). | |
| 6422 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL; | |
| 6423 static int tabLabelsSize = 0; | |
| 6424 | |
| 6425 enum | |
| 6426 { | |
| 6427 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs' | |
| 6428 }; | |
| 6429 | |
| 6430 static int | |
| 6431 getTabCount(void) | |
| 6432 { | |
| 6433 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6434 int numTabs = 0; | |
| 6435 | |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
6436 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) |
| 1562 | 6437 ++numTabs; |
| 1106 | 6438 return numTabs; |
| 6439 } | |
| 6440 | |
| 6441 // data browser item display callback | |
| 6442 static OSStatus | |
| 6443 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6444 DataBrowserItemID itemID, | |
| 1562 | 6445 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */, |
| 6446 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, | |
| 1106 | 6447 Boolean changeValue) |
| 6448 { | |
| 6449 OSStatus status = noErr; | |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated?? | |
| 6452 | |
| 4352 | 6453 // changeValue is true if we have a modifiable list and data was changed. |
| 1106 | 6454 // In our case, it's always false. |
| 6455 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return | |
| 6456 // internalData(); | |
| 6457 if (!changeValue) | |
| 6458 { | |
| 6459 CFStringRef str; | |
| 6460 | |
| 6461 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize); | |
| 6462 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1]; | |
| 6463 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str); | |
| 6464 } | |
| 6465 else | |
| 6466 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported; | |
| 6467 | |
| 6468 return status; | |
| 6469 } | |
| 6470 | |
| 6471 // data browser action callback | |
| 6472 static void | |
| 6473 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6474 DataBrowserItemID item, | |
| 6475 DataBrowserItemNotification message) | |
| 6476 { | |
| 6477 switch (message) | |
| 6478 { | |
| 6479 case kDataBrowserItemSelected: | |
| 6480 send_tabline_event(item); | |
| 6481 break; | |
| 6482 } | |
| 6483 } | |
| 6484 | |
| 6485 // callbacks needed for contextual menu: | |
| 6486 static void | |
| 6487 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6488 MenuRef *menu, | |
| 1562 | 6489 UInt32 *helpType, |
| 1106 | 6490 CFStringRef *helpItemString, |
| 1562 | 6491 AEDesc *selection) |
| 1106 | 6492 { |
| 6493 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same | |
| 6494 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-) | |
| 6495 *helpItemString = NULL; | |
| 6496 | |
| 6497 *menu = contextMenu; | |
| 6498 } | |
| 6499 | |
| 6500 static void | |
| 6501 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6502 MenuRef menu, | |
| 6503 UInt32 selectionType, | |
| 6504 SInt16 menuID, | |
| 6505 MenuItemIndex menuItem) | |
| 6506 { | |
| 6507 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 6508 { | |
| 6509 MenuCommand command; | |
| 6510 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command); | |
| 6511 | |
| 6512 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared | |
| 6513 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu | |
| 6514 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some | |
| 6515 // way, the finder does it too ;-) ) | |
| 6516 Handle items = NewHandle(0); | |
| 6517 if (items != NULL) | |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 int numItems; | |
| 6520 | |
| 6521 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false, | |
| 6522 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items); | |
| 6523 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID); | |
| 6524 if (numItems > 0) | |
| 6525 { | |
| 6526 int idx; | |
| 6527 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr; | |
| 6528 | |
| 6529 HLock(items); | |
| 6530 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items; | |
| 6531 idx = itemsPtr[0]; | |
| 6532 HUnlock(items); | |
| 6533 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command); | |
| 6534 } | |
| 6535 DisposeHandle(items); | |
| 6536 } | |
| 6537 } | |
| 6538 } | |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim | |
| 6541 static OSStatus | |
| 6542 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6543 { | |
| 6544 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl | |
| 6545 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart); | |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 return paramErr; | |
| 6548 } | |
| 6549 | |
| 6550 | |
| 6551 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size | |
| 6552 static OSStatus | |
| 6553 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6554 { | |
| 6555 switch (GetEventKind(event)) | |
| 6556 { | |
| 6557 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize | |
| 6558 { | |
| 6559 UInt32 attribs; | |
| 6560 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32, | |
| 6561 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs); | |
| 6562 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize | |
| 6563 { | |
| 6564 Rect r; | |
| 6565 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 6566 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 6567 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r); | |
| 6568 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser, | |
| 6569 kTabsColumn, r.right); | |
| 6570 } | |
| 6571 } | |
| 6572 break; | |
| 6573 } | |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 6576 } | |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better). | |
| 6579 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the | |
| 6580 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.) | |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 #import <mach-o/dyld.h> | |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) }; | |
| 6586 | |
| 6587 static OSStatus | |
| 6588 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6589 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, | |
| 6590 OptionBits inAttributesToClear) | |
| 6591 { | |
| 6592 long osVersion; | |
| 6593 char *symbolName; | |
| 6594 NSSymbol symbol = NULL; | |
| 6595 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6596 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6597 | |
| 6598 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion); | |
| 6599 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up) | |
| 6600 return noErr; | |
| 6601 | |
| 6602 // C name mangling... | |
| 6603 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes"; | |
| 6604 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName) | |
| 6605 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL) | |
| 6606 return noErr; | |
| 6607 | |
| 6608 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol); | |
| 6609 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL) | |
| 6610 return noErr; // well... | |
| 6611 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser, | |
| 6612 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6613 } | |
| 6614 | |
| 6615 static void | |
| 6616 initialise_tabline(void) | |
| 6617 { | |
| 6618 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE }; | |
| 6619 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks; | |
| 6620 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart}; | |
| 6621 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged}; | |
| 6622 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc; | |
| 6623 | |
| 6624 // drawers have to have compositing enabled | |
| 6625 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass, | |
| 6626 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute | |
| 6627 | kWindowCompositingAttribute | |
| 6628 | kWindowResizableAttribute | |
| 6629 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute, | |
| 6630 &drawerRect, &drawer); | |
| 6631 | |
| 6632 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true); | |
| 6633 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow); | |
| 6634 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET); | |
| 6635 | |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 // create list view embedded in drawer | |
| 6638 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView, | |
| 6639 &dataBrowser); | |
| 6640 | |
| 6641 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks; | |
| 6642 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks); | |
| 6643 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback = | |
| 6644 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback); | |
| 6645 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback = | |
| 6646 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback); | |
| 6647 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6648 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6649 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6650 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6651 | |
| 6652 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks); | |
| 6653 | |
| 6654 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header | |
| 6655 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical | |
| 6656 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser, | |
| 6657 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet); | |
| 6658 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser, | |
| 6659 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite); | |
| 6660 Boolean b = false; | |
| 6661 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl, | |
| 6662 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b); | |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim | |
| 6665 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this | |
| 6666 // function dynamically) | |
| 6667 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser, | |
| 6668 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0); | |
| 6669 | |
| 6670 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser | |
| 6671 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent, | |
| 6672 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer | |
| 6675 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent, | |
| 6676 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6677 | |
| 6678 // add "tabs" column to data browser | |
| 6679 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn; | |
| 6680 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType; | |
| 6681 | |
| 6682 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn | |
| 6683 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags; | |
| 6684 | |
| 6685 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc; | |
| 6686 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100; | |
| 6687 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150; | |
| 6688 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0; | |
| 6689 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs"); | |
| 6690 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing; | |
| 6691 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font | |
| 6692 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly; | |
| 6693 | |
| 6694 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0); | |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu) | |
| 6697 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu); | |
| 6819 | 6698 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 6699 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close Tab"), 0, | |
| 1106 | 6700 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL); |
| 6701 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0, | |
| 6702 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL); | |
| 6703 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0, | |
| 6704 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL); | |
| 6705 } | |
| 6706 | |
| 6707 | |
| 6708 /* | |
| 6709 * Show or hide the tabline. | |
| 6710 */ | |
| 6711 void | |
| 6712 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit) | |
| 6713 { | |
| 6714 if (showit == 0) | |
| 1562 | 6715 CloseDrawer(drawer, true); |
| 1106 | 6716 else |
| 1562 | 6717 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true); |
| 1106 | 6718 } |
| 6719 | |
| 6720 /* | |
| 6721 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed. | |
| 6722 */ | |
| 6723 int | |
| 6724 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void) | |
| 6725 { | |
| 6726 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer); | |
| 6727 | |
| 6728 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening; | |
| 6729 } | |
| 6730 | |
| 6731 /* | |
| 6732 * Update the labels of the tabline. | |
| 6733 */ | |
| 6734 void | |
| 6735 gui_mch_update_tabline(void) | |
| 6736 { | |
| 6737 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6738 int numTabs = getTabCount(); | |
| 6739 int nr = 1; | |
| 6740 int curtabidx = 1; | |
| 6741 | |
| 6742 // adjust data browser | |
| 6743 if (tabLabels != NULL) | |
| 6744 { | |
| 1562 | 6745 int i; |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i) | |
| 6748 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]); | |
| 6749 free(tabLabels); | |
| 1106 | 6750 } |
| 6751 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef)); | |
| 6752 tabLabelsSize = numTabs; | |
| 6753 | |
| 6754 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr) | |
| 6755 { | |
| 6756 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 6757 curtabidx = nr; | |
| 1562 | 6758 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp); |
| 1106 | 6759 } |
| 6760 | |
| 6761 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL, | |
| 6762 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6763 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we | |
| 6764 // can pass NULL for the id array | |
| 6765 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL, | |
| 6766 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6767 | |
| 6768 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx; | |
| 6769 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6770 } | |
| 6771 | |
| 6772 /* | |
| 6773 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1. | |
| 6774 */ | |
| 6775 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
6776 gui_mch_set_curtab(int nr) |
| 1106 | 6777 { |
| 6778 DataBrowserItemID item = nr; | |
| 6779 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6780 | |
| 6781 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...) | |
| 6782 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn, | |
| 6783 kDataBrowserRevealOnly); | |
| 6784 } | |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |